Grocery Outlet
Annual Report 2020

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, DC 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 or For the transition period from to Commission File Number: 001-38950 ___________________________________ Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 5650 Hollis Street, Emeryville, California (Address of principal executive offices) 47-1874201 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 94608 (Zip Code) (510) 845-1999 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) ___________________________________ Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share Trading Symbol GO Name of each exchange on which registered Nasdaq Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer ☒ ☐ Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company ☐ ☐ ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock of the registrant as of June 27, 2020 (based on a closing price of $39.40 per share) held by non-affiliates was approximately $3.3 billion. As of February 25, 2021, the registrant had 95,249,689 shares of common stock outstanding. Information required in response to Part III of Form 10-K (Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14) is hereby incorporated by reference to portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2021. The Proxy Statement will be filed by the registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the registrant's fiscal year ended January 2, 2021. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures PART I PART II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholders Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services Item 15. Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary PART IV 1 Page 2 3 15 42 43 44 45 46 48 49 70 71 103 104 106 107 107 107 107 107 108 117 Table of Contents SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K” or “report”) and the documents incorporated by reference herein constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this report and the documents incorporated by reference herein other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, business trends, and our objectives for future operations, may constitute forward-looking statements. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “will,” and similar expressions, are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under the headings “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report or as described in the other documents and reports we file with the United States ("U.S.") Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We encourage you to read this report and our other filings with the SEC carefully. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this report may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activities, performance or achievements. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this report. We do not undertake any duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this report or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations. As used in this report, references to “Grocery Outlet,”“the Company,”“registrant,”“we,”“us” and “our,” refer to Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December 31st each year. References to fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018 refer to the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. Our 2020 fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks, while each of the remaining years listed were 52-week years. Website Disclosure We use our website, www.groceryoutlet.com, as a channel of distribution of Company information. Financial and other important information about us is routinely accessible through and posted on our website. Accordingly, investors should monitor our website, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. The contents of our website and information accessible through our website is not, however, incorporated by reference or a part of this report. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports, and the Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders are available, free of charge, on our website as soon as practicable after the we file the reports with the SEC. 2 Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS PART I OUR COMPANY We are a high-growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. Each of our stores offers a fun, treasure hunt shopping experience in an easy-to-navigate, small-box format. An ever-changing assortment of “WOW!” deals, complemented by everyday staple products, generates customer excitement and encourages frequent visits from bargain-minded shoppers. Our flexible buying model allows us to offer quality, name-brand opportunistic products at prices generally 40% to 70% below those of conventional retailers. Entrepreneurial independent operators (“IOs”) run our stores and create a neighborhood feel through personalized customer service and a localized product offering. This differentiated approach has driven 17 consecutive years of positive comparable store sales growth. Our founder, Jim Read, pioneered our opportunistic buying model in 1946 and subsequently developed the IO selling approach, which harnesses individual entrepreneurship and local decision-making to better serve our customers. Underlying this differentiated model was a mission that still guides us today: “Touching Lives for the Better.” Since 2006, the third generation of Read family leadership, Eric Lindberg, Jr., Chief Executive Officer, and MacGregor Read, Vice Chairman of the board of directors, has advanced this mission and accelerated growth by strengthening our supplier relationships, introducing new product categories and expanding the store base from 128 to 380 stores across the West Coast and Pennsylvania. Our passionate management team remains a driving force behind our growth-oriented culture. Our differentiated model for buying and selling delivers a “WOW!” shopping experience, which generates customer excitement, inspires loyalty and supports profitable sales growth: How we buy: We source quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products opportunistically through a large, centralized purchasing • team that leverages long-standing and actively managed supplier relationships to acquire merchandise at significant discounts. Our speed and efficiency in responding to supplier needs, combined with our specialized supply chain capabilities and flexible merchandising strategy, enhance our access to discounted products and allow us to turn inventory quickly and profitably. Our buyers proactively source on-trend products based on changing consumer preferences, including a wide selection of Natural, Organic, Specialty and Healthy (“NOSH”) products. We also source everyday staple products to complement our opportunistic offerings. Each store offers a curated and ever-changing assortment of approximately 5,000 SKUs, creating a “buy now” sense of urgency that promotes return visits and fosters customer loyalty. How we sell: Our stores are independently operated by entrepreneurial small business owners who have a relentless focus on selecting • the best products for their communities, providing personalized customer service and driving improved store performance. Unlike a store manager of a traditional retailer, IOs are independent businesses and are responsible for store operations, including ordering, merchandising and managing inventory, marketing locally and directly hiring, training and employing their store workers. IOs initially contribute capital to establish their business and share store-level gross profits with us. These factors both align our interests and incentivize IOs to aggressively grow their business to realize substantial financial upside. This combination of local decision-making supported by our purchasing scale and corporate resources results in a “small business at scale” model that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. Our value proposition has broad appeal with bargain-minded customers across all income levels, demographics and geographies. We believe that our sustained focus on delivering ever-changing “WOW!” deals within a fun, treasure hunt shopping environment has generated strong customer loyalty and brand affinity. We believe that our broad customer appeal supports significant new store growth opportunities, and we plan to continue to expand our reach to additional customers and geographies across the United States. Our stores have performed well across all economic cycles, as demonstrated by our history of consistent positive comparable store sales growth and gross margin. The performance of our business during the COVID-19 pandemic further illustrates the flexibility of our model as we were able to meet the heightened demand with an assortment of products that met customer preferences. Our model is also insulated from store labor-related variability because IOs directly employ their store workers. The result is a highly scalable business with lower corporate fixed costs, providing further protection in the event of an economic downturn. 3 Table of Contents We believe that the following competitive strengths are key drivers of our current success and position us for continued growth: OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS Powerful Customer Value Proposition Supported by a “WOW!” Experience. Delivering thrilling “WOW!” deals to our customers is a • cornerstone of our business. We offer customers quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products at deep discounts in a fun, treasure hunt shopping environment. Our product offering is ever-changing with a constant rotation of opportunistic products, complemented by an assortment of competitively priced everyday staples across grocery, produce, refrigerated and frozen foods, beer and wine, fresh meat and seafood, general merchandise and health and beauty care. A typical Grocery Outlet basket is priced approximately 40% lower than conventional grocers and approximately 20% lower than the leading discounters. Our stores are convenient, easy to navigate and require neither membership fees nor bulk purchases for customers to save money. Our stores have wide aisles, clear signage and a high level of customer service. Upon checkout, a cashier “circles the savings” on each customer’s receipt, which reinforces the compelling value that we provide. Flexible Sourcing and Distribution Model That Is Difficult to Replicate. Our flexible sourcing and distribution model differentiates us • from traditional retailers and allows us to provide customers quality, name-brand products at exceptional values. As strong stewards of our suppliers’ brands, we are a preferred partner with a reputation for making rapid decisions, purchasing significant volumes and creatively solving suppliers’ inventory challenges to arrive at “win-win” outcomes. We take advantage of opportunities to acquire merchandise at substantial discounts that regularly arise from order cancellations, manufacturer overruns, packaging changes and approaching “sell-by” dates. We supplement our “WOW!” deals with everyday staples in order to provide a convenient shopping experience. Our buying strategy is deliberately flexible, which allows us to react to constantly changing opportunities. Our centralized sourcing team has deep experience and decades-long relationships with leading consumer packaged goods (“CPG”) companies. Our team is highly selective when evaluating the growing number of opportunities available to us and maintains a disciplined yet solutions-oriented approach. Our specialized model is supported by a supply chain designed to quickly and efficiently deliver an ever-changing assortment of products to store shelves. Independent Operators Who Are the Foundation of Our “Small Business at Scale” Model. Our stores are independent business entities • operated by entrepreneurial small business owners who have a relentless focus on ordering and merchandising the best products for their communities, providing personalized customer service and driving improved store performance. We generally share 50% of store-level gross profits with IOs, thereby incentivizing them to aggressively grow their business and realize substantial financial upside. IOs leverage our extensive purchasing scale, sophisticated ordering and information systems and field support in order to operate more efficiently. This combination of local decision-making supported by our purchasing expertise and corporate resources results in a “small business at scale” model that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. The vast majority of the IOs operate a single store, with most working as two-person teams. We encourage the IOs to establish local roots and actively participate in their communities to foster strong personal connections with customers. The IOs select the majority of their merchandise based on local preferences, providing a unique assortment tailored to their community. Our collaborative relationship with the IOs creates a powerful selling model allowing us to deliver customers exceptional value with a local touch. Proven and Consistent New Store Economics. Our new stores have generated robust store-level financial results, strong cash flow and • attractive returns. Our highly flexible, small-box format of 15,000 to 20,000 total square feet has been successful across geographic regions, population densities and demographic groups, and has proved resilient to competitive entries from discounters and conventional retailers alike. On average, our stores achieve profitability during the first year of operations, reach maturity in four to five years and realize a payback on investment within four years. We believe that our broad customer appeal, differentiated value proposition and the predictable financial performance of our stores across vintages provide a high degree of visibility into the embedded earnings growth from our recently opened stores. Value-Oriented Brand Aligned with Favorable Consumer Trends. We believe that consumers’ search for value is the new normal in • retail. The success of off-price retailers represents a secular consumer shift toward value as a leading factor in purchasing decisions. Moreover, as Millennials mature and Baby Boomers age, we believe that they are increasingly focused on value, driving shopper traffic towards the deep discount channel. We have spent decades building our IO and opportunistic purchasing models to offer deep discounts in a customer-friendly store environment, which enables us to take advantage of this ongoing preference for value. 4 Table of Contents Collaborative Company Culture Provides the Foundation for Continued Success. One of our key competitive advantages is our culture • of family and community values, grounded in integrity, entrepreneurship, performance and collaboration. We have been dedicated to our mission of “Touching Lives for the Better” since our inception. Our passion and commitment are shared by team members throughout the entire organization, from the IOs and their employees to our distribution centers and corporate offices. We are a third-generation, family-run business led by CEO Eric Lindberg. Mr. Lindberg has been with Grocery Outlet for over 20 years and has instilled a “servant leadership” mentality that empowers employees and IOs and forms the basis of our highly collaborative culture. Additionally, MacGregor Read, after over 20 years serving in various operational roles culminating with his time as our Vice Chairman, transitioned to a new non-executive role as the Vice Chairman of our board of directors on April 1, 2020. We plan to continue to drive sales growth and profitability by maintaining a relentless focus on our value proposition and executing on the following strategies: Drive Comparable Sales Growth. We expect that our compelling value proposition will continue to attract new customers, drive repeat • visits, increase basket sizes and, as a result, generate strong comparable store sales growth. We plan to: OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES Deliver More “WOW!” Deals and Expand Our Offerings. We intend to drive incremental traffic and increase our share of ◦ wallet by further leveraging our purchasing model. We continue to deepen existing and develop new supplier relationships to ensure that we are the preferred partner and the first call for opportunistic inventory. As a result, we believe there is a significant opportunity to source and offer more “WOW!” deals within existing and new product categories, thereby offering greater value and variety to customers. ◦ Support IOs in Enhancing the “WOW!” Customer Experience. We continue to implement operational initiatives to support IOs in enhancing the customer experience. We develop and improve tools that provide IOs with actionable insights on sales, margin and customer behavior, enabling them to further grow their business. We seek to continuously improve our inventory planning tools to help IOs make better local assortment decisions while reducing out-of-stock items and losses related to product markdowns, throwaways and theft (“shrink”). We also regularly deploy updated fixtures, signage and enhanced in-store marketing to further improve the shopping experience, which we believe results in higher customer traffic and average basket sizes. ◦ Increase Customer Awareness and Engagement. Our marketing strategy is focused on growing awareness, encouraging new customers to visit our stores and increasing engagement with all bargain-minded consumers. Our emphasis on digital marketing is enabling us to deliver specific and real-time information to our customers about the most compelling “WOW!” deals at their local store through our daily and weekly “WOW! Alerts”. Along with the IOs, we utilize social media to increase our brand affinity and interact with customers more directly on a daily basis. Looking forward, we see an opportunity to further personalize our digital communications to both increase engagement with our existing customers and introduce new customers to our stores. Execute on Store Expansion Plans. We believe the success of our stores across a broad range of geographies, population densities and • demographic groups creates a significant opportunity to profitably increase our store count. Our new stores typically require an average net cash investment of approximately $2.0 million and realize a payback on investment within four years. Based on our experience, in addition to research conducted by eSite Analytics, we believe existing and neighboring states can support a total of approximately 1,900 stores. Our goal is to expand our store base by approximately 10% annually by penetrating existing and contiguous regions. Over the long term, we believe the market potential exists to establish 4,800 locations nationally. Implement Productivity Improvements to Reinvest in Our Value Proposition. Our seasoned management team has a proven track record ▪ of growing our business while maintaining a disciplined cost structure. Over the past five years, we have made significant investments that have laid a solid foundation for future growth. We have implemented and will continue to identify and implement productivity improvements through both operational initiatives and system enhancements, such as category assortment optimization, improved inventory management tools and greater purchasing specialization. We intend to reinforce our value proposition and drive further growth by reinvesting future productivity improvements into enhanced buying and selling capabilities. 5 Table of Contents COMPANY HISTORY Our founder, Jim Read, pioneered our opportunistic buying model in 1946 and subsequently developed the IO selling approach beginning in Redmond, Oregon in 1973. Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. was incorporated in Delaware on September 11, 2014. In 2014, an investment fund affiliated with Hellman & Friedman LLC (the “H&F Investor”) acquired approximately 80% of our common stock (the “2014 H&F Acquisition”) with management and family retaining approximately 20%. Since the 2014 H&F Acquisition, we have made significant investments in our corporate and distribution infrastructure to support our growth, expand the store base and reinvest in existing stores. In June 2019, we completed the initial public offering of our common stock (the “IPO”). Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GO”. The H&F Investor distributed the remainder of its holdings in our common stock to its equity holders in May 2020 and held no interest in the Company as of January 2, 2021. Procurement PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY CHAIN Our flexible sourcing and supply chain model differentiates us from traditional retailers and allows us to provide customers quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products at exceptional values. We take advantage of opportunities to acquire merchandise at substantial discounts that regularly arise from order cancellations, manufacturer overruns, packaging changes and approaching “sell-by” dates. As strong stewards of our suppliers’ brands, we are a preferred partner of leading CPGs with a reputation for making rapid decisions, purchasing in significant volumes and creatively solving their inventory challenges. Our buying strategy is deliberately flexible to allow us to react to constantly changing opportunities. Our centralized sourcing team, consisting of our purchasing and inventory planning groups have deep experience and decades-long relationships with leading CPG companies. Our team is highly selective when evaluating the growing number of opportunities available to us and maintains a disciplined yet solutions-oriented approach. We are always seeking out and developing new supplier relationships to acquire desirable products at discounts that excite our customers. Our inventory planning group collaborates with and supports our buyers to ensure we purchase the appropriate type and quantity of products in order to maintain adequate inventory levels in key product categories. We believe that we have a leading share of the large and growing excess inventory market. As we grow, we expect to have even greater access to quality merchandise due to our increased scale, broader supplier awareness and expanded geographic presence. We also expect the supply of opportunistic products to continue to expand as incumbent CPGs continue to invest in new products, brands and marketing. Additionally, we believe that changing consumer preferences will continue to support the proliferation of small and innovative CPG brands, and allow us to add new suppliers to our network. Opportunistically sourced products represent approximately half of our purchasing mix. We refer to our best opportunistic purchases as “WOW!” deals, which generally represent deep discounts of 40% to 70% relative to conventional retailers. These products generate customer excitement and typically sell quickly due to their compelling value. The short duration and continually changing nature of our “WOW!” deals create a treasure hunt environment and a sense of urgency for customers to find and stock up on those heavily discounted items before they sell out. Furthermore, our “WOW!” items encourage repeat shopper visits as customers return to stores to discover what new deals are available. We supplement our opportunistic purchases with competitively priced everyday staples in order to provide a convenient shopping experience. We typically source these staple products (e.g., milk, eggs, sugar) from multiple suppliers to lower our costs and we avoid long-term supply commitments to maintain the flexibility to pursue opportunistic buys as they arise. Supply Chain Over time, we have honed our supply chain operations to support our opportunistic buying approach and to quickly and efficiently deliver products to our stores. We believe our supply chain flexibility enables us to solve suppliers’ inventory challenges and, therefore, obtain significant discounts on purchases. After agreeing to purchase product from a supplier, we move quickly to receive, process and distribute the goods. Our systems allow IOs real- time visibility to our inventory, significantly reducing time to shelf. IOs typically order multiple deliveries per week resulting in higher inventory turns, lower shrink and a frequent assortment of new products on shelf. As further evidence of the flexibility of our supply chain and the value we provide suppliers, we have dedicated teams to handle unique situations in which products need to be reconditioned or relabeled for sale. These items may include products without a UPC label, goods labeled for another geography, or inventory with damaged packaging. 6 Table of Contents We distribute inventory through eight primary distribution centers. We operate three distribution centers and use five distribution centers operated by third parties. We have an in-house transportation fleet as well as strong transportation partner relationships that provide consistent performance and timely deliveries to our stores. We intend to continue to invest in our distribution and logistics infrastructure in order to support our anticipated store growth over the long term. INDEPENDENT OPERATORS IOs are independent business entities owned by one or more entrepreneurially minded individuals who typically live in the same community as their store and demonstrate a relentless focus on ordering and merchandising the best products for their communities, providing personalized customer service and driving improved store performance. The vast majority of the IOs operate a single store with most working as a two-person team. We encourage the IOs to establish local roots and actively participate in their communities to foster strong personal connections with customers. We generally share 50% of store-level gross profits with IOs, thereby incentivizing them to aggressively grow their business and realize substantial financial upside. The independent operator agreement (the “Operator Agreement”) that we sign with each IO gives the IO broad responsibility over store- level decision-making. This decision-making includes merchandising, selecting a majority of products, managing inventory, marketing locally, directly hiring, training and employing their store workers and supervising store operations to carry out our brand’s commitment to superior customer service. As a result, our IO model reduces our fixed costs, corporate overhead and exposure to wage inflation pressures and centralized labor negotiations. IOs leverage our national purchasing network, sophisticated ordering and information systems and field support in order to operate more efficiently. We facilitate collaboration among IOs to share best practices through company-wide and regional meetings, our IO intranet and other online and informal communications. This combination of local decision-making supported by our purchasing expertise and corporate resources results in a “small business at scale” model that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. Our collaborative relationship with the IOs creates a powerful selling model allowing us to deliver customers exceptional value with a local touch. As of January 2, 2021, 375 of our 380 stores were operated by IOs. We have entered into an Operator Agreement with each IO, which grants that IO a license to operate a particular Grocery Outlet Bargain Market retail store and to use our trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names and logos under our brand standards. The Operator Agreement, along with our Best Business Practice Manual, defines our brand standards and sets forth the terms of the license granted to that IO. IOs have discretion to determine the manner and means for accomplishing their duties and implementing our brand standards. The success of this licensing arrangement depends upon mutual commitments by us and the IO to cooperate with each other and engage in practices that protect our brand standards and the reputation of our brand and enhance the sales, business and profit potential of the IO’s store. The vast majority of the IOs operate a single store with most working as a two-person family team. We believe this team approach leverages complementary operator skill sets resulting in a greater connection with customers along with improved store operations and service levels. The Operator Agreement provides that either the IO or we may terminate the Operator Agreement for any reason on 75 days’ written notice, or may terminate the Operator Agreement immediately for cause. IOs are responsible for operational decision-making for their store, including hiring, training and employing their own workers as well as ordering and merchandising products. The IO orders merchandise solely from us, which we, in turn, deliver to IOs on consignment. As a result, we retain ownership of all merchandise until the point in time that merchandise is sold to a customer. Under the Operator Agreement, IOs are given the right to select a majority of merchandise that is sold in their store. IOs choose merchandise from our order guide according to their knowledge and experience with local customer purchasing trends, preferences, historical sales and other related factors. IOs are able to uniquely display and merchandise product in order to appeal to their local customer base. IOs also have discretion to adjust pricing in response to local competition or product turns, provided that the overall outcome based on an average basket of items comports with our reputation for selling quality name-brand consumables and fresh products and other merchandise at significant discounts. IOs are expected to engage in local marketing efforts to promote their store and enhance the reputation and goodwill of the Grocery Outlet brand. To protect our brand and reputation, the Operator Agreement requires IOs to adhere to brand standards, including cleanliness, customer service, store appearance, conducting their business in compliance with all laws and observing requirements for storing, handling and selling merchandise. 7 Table of Contents As consignor of all merchandise, the aggregate sales proceeds belong to us. We, in turn, pay IOs a commission which is generally 50% of the store’s gross profit in exchange for the IO’s services in staffing and operating the store. Any spoiled, damaged or stolen merchandise, markdowns or price changes impact gross profit and therefore the IO’s commission. We generally split these losses equally with IOs. As a result, IOs are exposed to the risk of loss of such merchandise and are incentivized to minimize any such losses. We lease and build out each Grocery Outlet location. Under the Operator Agreement, we provide IOs with the right to occupy the store premises solely to operate the retail store on the terms set forth in the Operator Agreement. The Operator Agreement specifies the retail store that the IO is entitled to operate, but it does not grant the IO an exclusive territory, restrict us from opening stores nearby, or give the IO preference to relocate to another store as opportunities arise. As the store tenant, we fund the build-out of the store including racking, refrigeration and other equipment and pay rent, common area maintenance and other lease charges. IOs must cover their own initial working capital requirements and acquire certain store and safety assets. IOs may fund their initial store investment from their existing capital, a third-party loan or, most commonly, through a loan from us (an "IO Note"). The IOs are required to hire, train and employ a properly trained workforce sufficient in number to enable the IO to fulfill its obligations under the Operator Agreement. IOs are responsible for expenses required for business operations, including all labor costs, utilities, credit card processing fees, supplies, taxes (i.e., withholding, contributions and payroll taxes and income taxes on commissions paid to them), fines, levies and other expenses attributable to their operations. In a typical year, we field over 20,000 leads for prospective new IOs annually in pursuit of smart and entrepreneurially minded retail leaders to support our continued growth. After a robust screening and interview process, we select the top candidates to enter a rigorous Aspiring Operator in Training (“AOT”) program with the goal of potentially becoming an IO. AOTs receive on-the-job training as an employee of an experienced IO that applies to serve as a training store for us and teach the skills that they learned and now rely on to drive their own financial success. This gives AOTs the chance to experience first-hand what running a Grocery Outlet and managing employees will require. We supplement on-the-job training with classes at our headquarters, when available, and through online tutorials so that AOTs gain a thorough appreciation for an IO’s responsibilities and opportunities. Upon successful completion of the training program, AOTs submit business plans to apply for new stores as they become available. Those business plans generally include a competitive analysis of the local market, operational strategy, marketing plan and projected financial performance. Based on the strength of that business plan, including an AOT’s familiarity with the local market, we ultimately select an IO as new store opportunities open and facilitate the transition. OUR STORES As of January 2, 2021, our 380 total stores averaged approximately 14,000 square feet on the sales floor. Upon entering a store, customers are greeted by signage introducing the IOs, a tailored selection of fresh produce and other perishables, followed by a “Power Wall” displaying some of our most compelling “WOW!” offerings. Our stores are neatly organized and well maintained with clear signage to guide the customer through our various departments such as produce, beer and wine and fresh meat and seafood. Specialized item price tags call attention to our “WOW!” deals and highlight our robust NOSH offerings. Upon checkout, a cashier “circles the savings” on each customer’s receipt, which reinforces the compelling value that we provide. Stores are assorted and merchandised uniquely by IOs providing a “WOW!” treasure hunt shopping experience. A majority of the assortment in each Grocery Outlet store is selected by IOs based on local preference and shopping history while the remaining assortment is delivered to stores to support marketing circulars and manage “sell-by” dates. We have several customized systems and tools in place, including our ordering system that allows IOs to see our real-time inventory and provides ordering suggestions based on local store characteristics. IOs have broad autonomy to create unique merchandising displays highlighting their “WOW!” offerings which strengthens the local feel of each store. We believe the success of our stores across a broad range of geographies, population densities and demographic groups creates a significant opportunity to profitably increase our store count. In fiscal 2020 we opened 35 new stores. We have a dedicated real estate team that utilizes a rigorous site selection process in order to source new store locations that generate strong overall returns. EXPANSION OPPORTUNITIES 8 Table of Contents We deploy a store model that generates robust store-level financial results, strong cash flow and powerful returns. We target new stores of between 15,000 and 20,000 total square feet with an average of 4,000 square feet of non-selling space at an average net cash investment of approximately $2.0 million including store buildout (net of contributions from landlords), inventory (net of payables) and cash pre-opening expenses. Based on our historical performance, we target sales of $5.5 million during the first year with sales increasing 25% to 30% cumulatively until reaching maturity in four to five years. Our underwriting criteria target an average year-four cash-on-cash return of approximately 35% and an average payback on investment within four years. In the near term, we plan to grow our store base to capture whitespace in existing markets as well as contiguous regions. Based on our experience, in addition to research conducted by eSite Analytics, we believe existing and neighboring states can support a total of approximately 1,900 stores. Our goal is to expand our store base by approximately 10% annually by penetrating existing and contiguous regions. Over the long term, we believe the market potential exists to establish 4,800 locations nationally. MARKETING Our ability to consistently deliver “WOW!” deals that generate customer excitement is our strongest marketing tool. Our value proposition has broad appeal, with bargain-minded customers spanning all income levels and demographics. We promote brand awareness and drive customers to shop through centralized marketing initiatives along with local IO marketing efforts. As a result of this approach and local marketing campaigns funded by IOs, our marketing expense as a percent of sales is relatively low. We focus our centralized marketing efforts primarily on digital ads, emailed “WOW! Alerts,” social media, television and radio commercials, print circulars and in-store and outdoor signage. Our cost-effective marketing approach is designed to build brand awareness and communicate specific in-store “WOW!” deals to drive customer traffic. Over time, we have increased the utilization of digital advertising, allowing us to more quickly develop, deploy and target marketing communications based on our changing inventories and store- specific deals. In addition to our digital ads, we distribute print circulars to align with major holidays and other key promotional events, such as our semi-annual wine sale. We also market via television, streaming television platforms and radio to specific markets to build brand awareness and highlight the value we provide. We reinforce these efforts with in-store price and item signage as well as outdoor marketing via billboards and truck wraps. IOs develop and fund their local marketing plan to drive customer engagement. IO efforts include community outreach such as partnering with food banks, sponsoring youth athletic programs and offering discounts to veterans. In addition, IOs develop and manage their own social media marketing platforms, posting creative and compelling content to reinforce our fun and value-oriented image. COMPETITION We compete for consumer spend with a diverse group of retailers, including mass, discount, conventional grocery, department, drug, convenience, hardware, variety, online and other specialty stores. The competitive landscape is highly fragmented and localized; however, our customers most often cite Safeway as the retailer where they also shop for consumables. We see discount retailers of consumable products, which include Walmart, WinCo, Aldi and Lidl, as competitors given their broad product offerings at low prices relative to conventional grocery stores. We compete with both conventional grocery stores and discounters by offering an ever-changing selection of name-brand products in a fun, treasure hunt shopping environment at a significant discount. Many competitors are attempting to attract customers by offering various forms of e-commerce. While we have embraced online and digital marketing, we have thus far not pursued e-commerce. Based on our extreme value pricing and lower average ticket, we do not believe that our model lends itself to e-commerce which we think emphasizes convenience over value and fun. We have prioritized our capital and organizational investments to deliver the deepest and most compelling in-store values and experience for customers. Beyond competition for consumers, we compete against a fragmented landscape of opportunistic purchasers, including retailers (e.g., Big Lots and 99 Cents Only) and wholesalers to acquire excess merchandise for sale in our stores. Our established relationships with our suppliers along with our distribution scale, buying power, financial credibility and responsiveness often makes us the first call for available deals. Our direct relationships with suppliers have increased as we have grown, and we continuously strive to broaden our supplier network. 9 Table of Contents BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY Our information systems provide a broad range of business process assistance and real-time data to support our purchasing and planning approach, merchandising team and strategy, multiple distribution center management, store and operational insight and financial reporting. We selected and developed these technologies to provide the flexibility and functionality to support our unique buying and selling model as well as to identify and respond to merchandising and operating trends in our business. Over time, we have modernized and added several systems that provide us additional functionality and scalability in order to better support operational decision-making. These investments include enhanced point of sale, warehouse management, human resource planning, business intelligence, vendor tracking and lead management, store communications, real estate lease management and financial planning and analysis systems. We believe the ongoing modernization, enhancement and maintenance of our systems have allowed us to support the growth in our business and store base. We modify, update and replace our systems and infrastructure from time to time, including by adding new hardware, software and applications; maintaining, updating or replacing legacy programs, converting to best-in-class systems; integrating new service providers; and adding enhanced new functionality, such as cloud computing technologies. In addition, we have a customized enterprise resource planning system, components of which have been replaced and additional components of which we anticipate will be replaced over the next several years, including our financial ledger, inventory management platform and product data warehouse system. We have also built a series of tools that empower IOs to make intelligent decisions to grow their business from improving product ordering, reducing shrink, and gaining intelligence into their store performance and profitability. We believe these investments have resulted in valuable business insights and operational improvements. We anticipate making ongoing technology investments in order to drive further productivity and functionality improvements. TRADEMARKS AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY We own federally registered trademarks related to our brand, including “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET”, “WOW!”, “NOSH” and “BARGAINS ON BRANDS YOU TRUST!” In addition, we maintain trademarks for the images of certain logos that we use, including the “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET” logo, the “NOSH” logo and the “WOW!” logo. We are also in the process of pursuing several other trademarks to further identify our services such as “BARGAIN BLISS”, “FEELS LIKE FALLING IN LOVE IN EVERY AISLE”, “THE SAVINGS ARE REAL, THE FEELING IS PURE BLISS” and “HIP HIP SYRAH.” We have disclaimed the terms “GROCERY OUTLET” and “MARKET” with respect to our “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET” trademarks, among other disclaimed terms with respect to our registered trademarks and trademark applications. Our trademark registrations have various expiration dates; however, assuming that the trademark registrations are properly renewed, they have a perpetual duration. We also own several domain names, including www.groceryoutlet.com and www.ownagroceryoutlet.com, and registered and unregistered copyrights in our website content. Our Operator Agreement grants the IOs a limited, non-exclusive license to use our trademarks solely in connection with the operation and promotion of their store and not in connection with other activities. IOs are not permitted to sublicense our trademarks to others. We attempt to obtain registration of our trademarks as practical and pursue infringement of those marks when appropriate. We rely on trademark and copyright laws, trade-secret protection and confidentiality, license and other agreements with the IOs, suppliers, employees and others to protect our intellectual property. REGULATION We and the IOs are subject to regulation by various federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”) the Consumer Product Safety Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency. We and the IOs are subject to various laws and regulations, including those governing labor and employment, including minimum wage requirements, advertising, privacy, safety and environmental protection and consumer protection regulations, including those that regulate retailers and/or govern product standards, the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. In addition, we and the IOs must comply with provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, licensing for the sale of food and alcoholic beverages. We actively monitor changes in these laws. In addition, we and the IOs are subject to environmental laws pursuant to which we and the IOs could be strictly and jointly and severally liable for any contamination at our current or former locations, or at third-party waste disposal sites, regardless of our knowledge or responsibility for such contamination. 10 Table of Contents Food and Dietary Supplements—The FDA regulates the safety of certain food and food ingredients, as well as dietary supplements under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”). Similarly, the USDA’s Food Safety Inspection Service ensures that the country’s commercial supply of meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products is safe, wholesome and correctly labeled and packaged. The Food Safety Modernization Act (the “FSMA”) amended the FDCA in 2011 and expanded the FDA’s regulatory oversight of all supply chain participants. Most of the FDA’s promulgating regulations are now in effect and mandate that risk-based preventive controls be observed by the majority of food producers. This authority applies to all domestic food facilities and, by way of imported food supplier verification requirements, to all foreign facilities that supply food products. The FDA also exercises broad jurisdiction over the labeling and promotion of food. Under certain circumstances, this jurisdiction extends even to product-related claims and representations made on a company’s website or similar printed or graphic media. All foods, including dietary supplements, must bear labeling that provides consumers with essential information with respect to standards of identity, net quantity, nutrition facts, ingredient statements and allergen disclosures. The FDA also regulates the use of structure/function claims, health claims, nutrient content claims and the disclosure of calories and other nutrient information for frequently sold items. In addition, compliance dates on various nutrition initiatives that will impact many supply chain participants, such as in relation to partially hydrogenated oils, are scheduled to go into effect through 2021. The FDA has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety, ingredients, labeling and good manufacturing practices for dietary supplements. The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (the “DSHEA”) amended the FDCA in 1994 and expanded the FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements. Through DSHEA, dietary supplements became a regulated commodity while also allowing structure/function claims on products. However, no statement on a dietary supplement may expressly or implicitly represent that it will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent a disease. Food and Dietary Supplement Advertising—The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of foods and dietary supplements. The FTC has the power to impose monetary sanctions, consent decrees and/or other penalties that can severely limit a company’s business practices. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against companies carrying dietary supplements for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. Compliance—As is common in the retail industry, we rely on our suppliers and manufacturers to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to us comply with all applicable regulatory and legislative requirements. In general, our purchase orders require that suppliers be compliant and represent and warrant to compliance with laws and require indemnification and/or insurance from our suppliers and manufacturers. However, even with adequate insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in products we sell. In addition, the failure of such products to comply with applicable regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or remove such products from our stores. In order to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our suppliers and manufacturers have from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of their products. We also source a portion of our products from outside the United States. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies and our supplier compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations. We maintain third-party insurance for a number of risk management activities, including workers’ compensation, general liability, commercial property, ocean marine, crime, director and officer and employee, property and cargo and stock related insurance policies. We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage. The Operator Agreement requires IOs to maintain general liability and workers’ compensation insurance coverage for their operations. INSURANCE 11 Table of Contents EMPLOYEES Our people are at the heart of who we are and what we do. They are key to achieving our business goals and growth strategy. As of January 2, 2021, we had 946 employees, 774 of whom were full-time and 172 of whom were part-time. As of January 2, 2021, 392 of our employees were based at either our corporate headquarters in Emeryville, California, or in our Leola, Pennsylvania office. Of those employees, 131 were classified as field employees. As of January 2, 2021, our distribution centers employed 337 persons. The remaining 217 employees were employees in our Company-operated stores. As of January 2, 2021, 126 of our employees were represented by a labor union, all of whom were employees at two Company-operated stores. We have not experienced any material interruptions of operations due to disputes with our employees and consider our relations with our employees to be very good. Our mission is to Touch Lives for the Better. To do this, we work together to foster a culture grounded in talented and passionate people who live our values: entrepreneurship, integrity, achievement, family, service to others, diversity and fun. Our values translate into our human capital offerings to recruit, engage, develop, reward and retain employees who believe in our mission and emulate our values. We provide compensation and benefits programs designed to recruit such talent and to be competitive in the marketplace. Under its charter, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for establishing, implementing and evaluating our employee compensation and benefit programs. We also invest resources to develop our employee's skill sets. We are steadfastly committed to the health, safety and wellness of our employees. We offer our employees and their families access to a variety of health and wellness programs, including benefits (i) that provide protection and security so they can have peace of mind concerning events that may require time away from work or that impact their financial well-being; (ii) that support their physical and mental health by providing tools and resources to help them improve or maintain their health status and encourage engagement in healthy behaviors; and (iii) that offer choice where possible so they can customize their benefits to meet their needs and the needs of their families. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented safety precautions that we determined were in the best interest of our employees, and which comply with government regulations. These measures included having certain of our employees work from home, while implementing additional safety measures for employees continuing critical on-site work. We strive to nurture and uphold an inclusive, diverse environment free from discrimination of any kind, including sexual or other discriminatory harassment. Our employees are encouraged to openly share questions and concerns they may have with management or Human Resources and they have multiple avenues available through which inappropriate behavior can be reported, including a confidential hotline. All reports of inappropriate behavior are promptly investigated with appropriate action taken as necessary. We make it very clear that retaliation against an employee for raising a concern in good faith is prohibited. We believe that a diverse and inclusive team is critical to our long-term business success. We have a number of employee networks and initiatives that enhance our inclusive and diverse culture, including our Black Partnership Network, our WOW! (Winning with Outstanding Women) Network, our Equity, Diversity and Inclusion Council, and by providing regular training on diversity topics. We will continue to focus on hiring, retaining and advancing women and underrepresented populations, and cultivating an inclusive and diverse corporate culture through continued education, employee resource groups and targeted recruiting and development across our organization. The commitment by Grocery Outlet to our communities extends well beyond our offices. We pride ourselves on giving back to local communities. In 2020, through a coordinated effort with our IOs involving food, cash and online donations, we held our 10th Annual Independence from Hunger food drive, which supported over 400 nonprofit agencies and helped reduce food insecurity within the communities in which we operate. 12 Table of Contents The following table sets forth information about our executive officers as of March 2, 2021: EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT Name Eric J. Lindberg, Jr Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr Charles C. Bracher Andrea R. Bortner Pamela B. Burke Heather L. Mayo Brian T. McAndrews Thomas H. McMahon Steven K. Wilson Age Position 50 Chief Executive Officer and Director 46 President 48 EVP, Chief Financial Officer 59 EVP, Chief Human Resources Officer 53 EVP, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary 57 EVP, Chief Sales and Merchandising Officer, East 60 SVP, Chief New Store Development Officer 59 EVP, Chief Sales and Merchandising Officer, West 57 SVP, Chief Purchasing Officer Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of our executive officers. All of our officers serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2019 and as a director since January 2006. Previously, from January 2006 to December 2018, Mr. Lindberg served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer. Prior to being appointed Co-Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lindberg served in various positions with us since 1996. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lindberg brings to our board of directors significant senior leadership, and his detailed knowledge of our operations, finances, strategies and industry garnered over his 23-year tenure with us makes him well qualified to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors. Mr. Lindberg and S. MacGregor Read Jr., the Vice Chairman of our board of directors, are cousins by marriage. Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr. has served as our President since January 2019. Mr. Sheedy previously served as our Chief Merchandise, Marketing & Strategy Officer from April 2017 to December 2018, our Chief Merchandise & Strategy Officer from March 2014 to April 2017 and our Vice President, Strategy from April 2012 to February 2014. Before joining us, Mr. Sheedy served in various roles at Staples Inc., an office supply company, from 2005 to 2012, most recently as their Vice President, Strategy. Charles C. Bracher has served as our EVP, Chief Financial Officer since August 2012. Before joining us, Mr. Bracher served in various roles at Bare Escentuals, Inc., a mineral cosmetics company, from 2005 to 2012, most recently as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Bracher began his career in the Investment Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Andrea R. Bortner has served as our EVP, Chief Human Resources officer since March 2020. Before joining us, Ms. Bortner served as Chief Human Resources Officer at Maxar Technologies, Inc., a space technology company, from August 2016 to October 2019 and as Chief Human Resources Officer at Catalina, an advertising and marketing company, from August 2012 to June 2016. Pamela B. Burke has served as our EVP, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2019 and previously served as our General Counsel and Secretary from June 2015 to December 2018. Before joining us, Ms. Burke served in various management positions at CRC Health Group, Inc., a provider of specialized behavioral health services, most recently as Senior Vice President of Legal, HR and Risk from April 2010 to February 2015. Heather L. Mayo has served as our EVP, Chief Sales and Merchandising Officer, East since August 2020 and previously served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Merchandising, East since October 2019. Before joining us, Ms. Mayo served as Chief Merchandising Officer of Boxed, a wholesale retailer, from November 2016 to September 2017. Ms. Mayo served in various roles in merchandising and operations at Sam’s Club, a division of Walmart, from 2004 to 2016, most recently as their Senior Vice President, Operations for the West Division from February 2015 to March 2016 and as Senior Vice President, Operations for the South Division from August 2014 to February 2015. Brian T. McAndrews has served as our SVP, Chief New Store Development Officer since August 2020 and previously served as Senior Vice President of Store Development overseeing all company real estate functions since July of 2018. Before joining us, Mr. McAndrews served as Chief Real Estate Officer at Conn’s Home Plus from June 2017 to June 2018 and as Senior Vice President, Global Real Estate & Construction at Dollar Financial Corporation from February 2010 to June 2017. Thomas H. McMahon has served as our EVP, Chief Sales and Merchandising Officer, West since August 2020 and previously served as Executive Vice President of Sales and Merchandising since January 2017 and served as our Vice 13 Table of Contents President of Sales and Merchandising from December 2008 to December 2016. Before joining us in 2008, Mr. McMahon was the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of T Street Incorporated, a retail specialty company. Steven K. Wilson has served as our SVP, Chief Purchasing Officer since August 2020 and previously served as Senior Vice President of Purchasing since February 2018 and served as our Vice President of Purchasing from July 2006 to January 2018. Prior to being appointed Vice President of Purchasing, Mr. Wilson has served in various positions of increasing responsibility since 1994. 14 Table of Contents ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that materially and adversely affect our business. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. The following is a summary of the principal risks that could adversely affect our business, operations and financial results: Risks Related to Our Operations • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • failure of suppliers to consistently supply us with opportunistic products at attractive pricing; inability to successfully identify trends and maintain a consistent level of opportunistic products; failure to maintain or increase comparable store sales; changes affecting the market prices of the products we sell; failure to open, relocate or remodel stores on schedule; risks associated with newly opened stores; inability to retain the loyalty of our customers; costs and implementation difficulties associated with marketing, advertising and promotions; failure to maintain our reputation and the value of our brand, including protecting our intellectual property; any significant disruption to our distribution network, the operations of our distributions centers and our timely receipt of inventory; inability to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow from our operations; risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space; failure to participate effectively or at all in the growing online retail marketplace; unexpected costs and negative effects if we incur losses not covered by our insurance program; inability to attract, train and retain highly qualified employees; difficulties associated with labor relations; loss of our key personnel or inability to hire additional qualified personnel; Risks Related to Our Business Environment • • risks associated with economic conditions; competition in the retail food industry; • movement of consumer trends toward private labels and away from name-brand products; • major health epidemics, such as the outbreak of COVID-19, and other outbreaks; • natural disasters and unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), power outages, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, global political events and other serious catastrophic events; Risks Related to Data Protection, Cybersecurity and our Information Technology Systems • failure to maintain the security of information we hold relating to personal information or payment card data of our customers, employees and suppliers; 15 Table of Contents • material disruption to our information technology systems; Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Risks • • • risks associated with products we and our independent operators (“IOs”) sell; risks associated with laws and regulations generally applicable to retailers; legal proceedings from customers, suppliers, employees, governments or competitors; Risks Related to Our IO Model • • • • • • • • • failure of our IOs to successfully manage their business; failure of our IOs to repay notes outstanding to us; inability to attract and retain qualified IOs; inability of our IOs to avoid excess inventory shrink; any loss or changeover of an IO; legal proceedings initiated against our IOs; legal challenges to the IO/independent contractor business model; failure to maintain positive relationships with our IOs; risks associated with actions our IOs could take that could harm our business; Risks Associated with our Indebtedness • • our substantial indebtedness could affect our ability to operate our business, react to changes in the economy or industry or pay our debts and meet our obligations; ability to generate cash flow to service our substantial debt obligations; Risks Related to Accounting, Tax and Financial Statement Matters • • • • • impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets; any significant decline in our operating profit and taxable income; risks associated with tax matters; changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters; failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls; Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock • • • • • our quarterly operating results fluctuate and may fall short of prior periods, our projections or the expectations of securities analysts or investors; our reliance on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations; our intention to not declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future; future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market could cause the market price for our common stock to decline; and provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control. For a more complete discussion of the material risks facing our business, see below. 16 Table of Contents Risks Related to Our Operations We depend on suppliers to consistently supply us with opportunistic products at attractive pricing, and any failure to procure such products could result in material adverse effects on our business, product inventories, sales and profit margins. Our business is dependent on our ability to strategically source a sufficient volume and variety of opportunistic products at attractive pricing. While opportunistic buying, operating with appropriate inventory levels and frequent inventory turns are key elements of our business strategy, they subject us to risks related to the pricing, quantity, mix, quality and timing of inventory flowing to our stores. We do not have significant control over the supply, cost or availability of many of the products offered for sale in our stores. Shortages or disruptions in the availability of quality products that excite our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. All of our inventory is acquired through purchase orders and we generally do not have long-term contractual agreements with our suppliers that obligate them to provide us with products exclusively or at specified quantities or prices, or at all. As a result, any of our current suppliers may decide to sell products to our competitors and may not continue selling products to us. In order to retain our competitive advantage, we need to continue to develop and maintain relationships with qualified suppliers that can satisfy our standards for quality and our requirements for delivery of products in a timely and efficient manner at attractive prices. The need to develop new relationships will be particularly important as we seek to expand our operations and enhance our product offerings in the future. While we have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of product to date, manufacturers and distributors of name-brand products have become increasingly consolidated. Further consolidation of manufacturers or distributors could reduce our supply options and detrimentally impact the terms under which we purchase products. If one or more of our existing significant suppliers were to be unable or unwilling to continue providing products to us on attractive terms, we may have difficulty obtaining alternative sources. We cannot assure you that we would be able to find replacement suppliers on commercially reasonable terms, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The loss of one or more of our existing significant suppliers or our inability to develop relationships with new suppliers could reduce our competitiveness, slow our plans for further expansion and cause our sales and operating results to be materially adversely affected. Our suppliers (and those they depend upon for materials and services) are subject to risks, including labor disputes or constraints, union organizing activities, financial liquidity, inclement weather, natural disasters, significant public health and safety events, supply constraints and general economic and political conditions that could limit their ability to provide us with quality products. These risks may delay or preclude delivery of product to us on a timely basis or at all. We may not be able to successfully identify trends and maintain a consistent level of opportunistic products which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Consumer preferences often change rapidly and without warning. We may not successfully address consumer trends or be able to acquire desirable products at discounts that excite our customers, which could add difficulty in attracting new customers and retaining existing customers and encouraging frequent visits. We generally make individual purchase decisions for products that become available, and these purchases may be for large quantities that we may not be able to sell on a timely or cost-effective basis. Some of our products are sourced from suppliers at significantly reduced prices for specific reasons, and we are not always able to purchase specific products on a recurring basis. To the extent that some of our suppliers are better able to manage their inventory levels and reduce the amount of their excess inventory, the amount of over-stock and short-dated products available to us could also be materially reduced, making it difficult to deliver products to our customers at attractive prices. Maintaining adequate inventory of quality, name-brand products requires significant attention and monitoring of market trends, local markets and developments with suppliers and our distribution network, and it is not certain that we or the IOs will be effective in inventory management. We base our purchases of inventory, in part, on our sales forecasts. If our sales forecasts overestimate customer demand, we may experience higher inventory levels and need to take markdowns on excess or slow-moving inventory, leading to decreased profit margins. Conversely, if our sales forecasts underestimate customer demand, we may have insufficient inventory to meet demand, leading to lost sales, either of which could materially adversely affect our financial performance. 17 Table of Contents Our success depends on our ability and the ability of the IOs to maintain or increase comparable store sales, and if we are unable to achieve comparable store growth, our profitability and performance could be materially adversely impacted. The IOs are responsible for store operations. Our success depends on increasing comparable store sales through our opportunistic purchasing strategy and the ability of the IOs to increase sales and profits. To increase sales and profits, and therefore comparable store sales growth, we and the IOs focus on delivering value and generating customer excitement by strengthening opportunistic purchasing, optimizing inventory management, maintaining strong store conditions and effectively marketing current products and new product offerings. We may not be able to maintain or improve the levels of comparable store sales that we have experienced in the past (particularly in years with extraordinary events, like the COVID-19 pandemic), and our comparable store sales growth is a significant driver of our profitability and overall business results. In addition, competition and pricing pressures from competitors may also materially adversely impact our operating margins. Our comparable store sales growth could be lower than our historical average or our future target for many reasons, including general economic conditions, operational performance, including by the IOs, price inflation or deflation, industry competition, new competitive entrants near our stores, price changes in response to competitive factors, the impact of new stores entering the comparable store base, cycling against any year or quarter of above-average sales results, possible supply shortages or other operational disruptions, the number and dollar amount of customer transactions in our stores, our ability to provide product or service offerings that generate new and repeat visits to our stores and the level of customer engagement that we and the IOs provide in our stores. In addition, we may not accurately model cannibalization for our new stores. Opening new stores in our established markets may result in inadvertent oversaturation, temporarily or permanently diverting customers and sales from our existing stores to new stores and reduce comparable store sales, thus adversely affecting our overall financial performance. These factors may cause our comparable store sales results to be materially lower than in recent periods, which could harm our profitability and business. Because we compete to a substantial degree on price, changes affecting the market prices of the products we sell, including due to inflation or deflation or worsening economic conditions, could materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. A critical differentiator of our business is our ability to offer value to our customers, including offering prices that are substantially below those offered by some of our competitors. We carefully monitor the market prices of our products in order to maintain our price advantage and reputation. If prices of goods increase and our suppliers seek price increases from us, we may not be able to mitigate such increases and would consider setting a higher price, which could deter customers. If our competitors substantially lower their prices, we may lose customers and mark down prices. Our profitability may be impacted by lower prices, which may impact gross margins. We may also experience reduced sales as a result of a decline in the number and average basket size of customer transactions. In addition, the market price of the products we sell can be influenced by general economic conditions. For example, general deflation in the prices of the products we sell could cause us and the IOs to mark down prices and thereby reduce our gross profits and gross margins. Adverse general economic conditions could also increase costs to us, such as shipping rates, freight costs and store occupancy costs and further reduce our sales or increase our cost of goods sold or selling, general and administrative expenses. Our low-price model and competitive pressures may inhibit our ability to reflect these increased costs in the prices of our products, and therefore reduce our profitability and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we cannot open, relocate or remodel stores on schedule, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, future growth and financial condition. Our growth strategy largely depends on our ability to identify and open future store locations and relocate or remodel existing store locations in new and existing markets. We opened 35 new stores in fiscal 2020. Our ability to open stores in a timely manner depends in part on the following factors: the ability to attract and develop potential IOs; the availability of attractive store locations and rent prices; the absence of entitlement processes or occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease and development terms; our relationships with current and prospective landlords; the ability to secure and manage the inventory necessary for the launch and operation of new stores; general economic conditions; and the availability of capital funding for expansion. Any or all of these factors and conditions could materially adversely affect our growth and profitability. Our goal is to expand our store base by approximately 10% annually over the next several years. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve this level of new store growth. We may not have the level of cash flow or financing necessary to support our growth strategy. Additionally, our proposed expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our existing business less efficiently, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing stores. If we 18 Table of Contents experience a decline in performance, we may slow or discontinue store openings, or we may decide to close stores that are unable to operate in a profitable manner. If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, including by opening new stores, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected. Delays or failures in opening new stores or completing relocations or remodels could materially adversely affect our growth and/or profitability. Additionally, new stores might not always align with our expectations in terms of sales or capital expenditures and we may not achieve projected results. Our newly opened stores may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term and may not achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature stores on a timely basis or at all. We have actively pursued new store growth, including in new markets, and plan to continue doing so in the future. Our new store openings may not be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of our existing stores. Some new stores may be located in areas with different competitive and market conditions as well as different customer discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets. Some new stores and future new store opportunities may be located in new geographic areas where we have limited or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. We may experience a higher cost of entry in those markets as we build brand awareness and drive customers to incorporate us into their shopping habits. For example, in Southern California the IOs have experienced slower growth and profitability than our existing stores as they continue to build brand awareness in the market. New store openings may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term due to the effect of store opening costs and lower sales and contribution to overall profitability during the initial period following opening. New stores, particularly those in new markets, build their sales volume, brand recognition and customer base over time and, as a result, generally have lower margins and higher operating expenses as a percentage of sales than our more mature stores. New stores may not achieve sustained sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature store base on a timely basis or at all. This lack of performance may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. We may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations into new geographic markets. We may not manage our expansion effectively, and our failure to achieve or properly execute our expansion plans could limit our growth or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we have experienced in the past, and expect to experience in the future, some sales cannibalization of our existing stores to our new stores. As some of our existing customers switch to new, closer locations within markets, our financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. We may not be able to retain the loyalty of our customers, the failure of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We depend on repeat visits by our customer base to drive our consistent sales and sales growth. Competition for customers has also intensified from the use of mobile and web-based technology that facilitates online shopping and real-time product and price comparisons. We expect this competition to continue to increase. We do not maintain a loyalty program for customers, and our competitors may be able to offer their customers promotions or loyalty program incentives that could result in fewer shopping trips to or purchases from our stores. If we are unable to retain the loyalty of our customers, our sales could decrease and we may not be able to grow our store base as planned, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our success depends upon our marketing, advertising and promotional efforts. If costs associated with these efforts increase, or if we are unable to implement them successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We use marketing and promotional programs to attract customers into our stores and to encourage purchases. If we are unable to develop and implement effective marketing, advertising and promotional strategies, we may be unable to achieve and maintain brand awareness and repeat store visits. We may not be able to advertise cost effectively in new or smaller markets in which we have fewer stores, which could slow growth at such stores. Changes in the amount and degree of promotional intensity or merchandising strategies by our competitors could cause us to have difficulties in retaining existing customers and attracting new customers. If the efficacy of our marketing or promotional activities declines or if such activities of our competitors are more effective than ours, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we fail to maintain our reputation and the value of our brand, including protection of our intellectual property, our sales and operating results may decline. We believe our continued success depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of our brand. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities. Even isolated incidents involving our company, the IOs and 19 Table of Contents their employees, suppliers, agents or third-party service providers, or the products we sell can erode trust and confidence. This is particularly the case if they result in adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation. The reputation of our company and our brand may be damaged in all, one or some of the markets in which we do business, by adverse events at the corporate level or by an IO acting outside of Grocery Outlet’s brand standards. Similarly, challenges or reactions to action (or inaction) or perceived action (or inaction), by us on issues like social policies, merchandising, compliance related to social, product, labor and environmental standards or other sensitive topics, and any perceived lack of transparency about such matters, could harm our reputation, particularly as expectations of companies and of companies’ corporate responsibility may continue to change. The increasing use of social media platforms and online forums may increase the chance that an adverse event could negatively affect the reputation of our brand. The online dissemination of negative information about our brand, including inaccurate information, could harm our reputation, business, competitive advantage and goodwill. Damage to our reputation could result in declines in customer loyalty and sales, affect our supplier relationships, business development opportunities and IO retention, divert attention and resources from management, including by requiring responses to inquiries or additional regulatory scrutiny, and otherwise materially adversely affect our results. Our brand could be materially adversely affected if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. We regard our intellectual property, including trademarks and service marks, as having significant value, and our brand is an important factor in the marketing of our stores. We monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute or otherwise violate our trademarks and other intellectual property and rely on trademark and other laws of the United States, but we may not be able or willing to successfully enforce our trademarks or intellectual property rights against competitors or challenges by others. For example, we are aware of certain companies in jurisdictions where we do not currently operate using the term “GROCERY OUTLET.” Moreover, we have disclaimed the terms “GROCERY OUTLET” and “MARKET” with respect to our “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET” trademarks, among other disclaimed terms with respect to our registered trademarks and trademark applications. If a third party uses such disclaimed terms in its trademarks, we cannot object to such use. If we fail to protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights, others may copy or use our trademarks or intellectual property without authorization, which may harm the value of our brand, reputation, competitive advantages and goodwill and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. We are susceptible to others infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. Actions we have taken to establish and protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent copying of our intellectual property by others or to prevent others from seeking to invalidate our trademarks as a violation of the trademarks and intellectual property rights of others. In addition, unilateral actions in the U.S. or other countries, including changes to or the repeal of laws recognizing trademark or other intellectual property rights, could have an impact on our ability to enforce those rights. There may in the future be opposition and cancellation proceedings from time to time with respect to some of our intellectual property rights. In some cases, litigation may be necessary to protect or enforce our trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Furthermore, third parties may assert intellectual property claims against us, and we may be subject to liability, required to enter into costly license agreements, if available at all, required to rebrand our products and/or prevented from selling some of our products if third parties successfully oppose or challenge our trademarks or successfully claim that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their trademarks, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property rights. Bringing or defending any such claim, regardless of merit, and whether successful or unsuccessful, could be expensive and time-consuming and have a negative effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. Any significant disruption to our distribution network, the operations of our distribution centers and our timely receipt of inventory could materially adversely impact our operating performance. We rely on our distribution and transportation network, including by means of truck, ocean and rail to provide goods to our distribution centers and stores in a timely and cost-effective manner. We use three primary leased distribution centers that we operate and five primary distribution centers operated by third-parties. Deliveries to our stores occur from our distribution centers or directly from our suppliers. Any disruption, unanticipated or unusual expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs, increased carrier rates or driver wages as a result of driver shortages, a decrease in transportation capacity, or work stoppages or slowdowns) could significantly decrease our ability to generate sales and earn profits. In addition, events beyond our control, such as disruptions in operations due to fire or other catastrophic events or labor disagreements, may result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores. While we maintain business interruption insurance, in the event our distribution centers are shut down for any reason, such insurance may not be sufficient, and any related insurance proceeds may not be timely paid to us. Furthermore, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to renew the leases or third- party distribution and transportation contracts, as applicable, 20 Table of Contents on our distribution centers on attractive terms or at all, which may increase our expenses and cause temporary disruptions in our distribution network. As we expand, effectively managing our distribution network and distribution centers becomes more complex. Our new store locations receiving shipments may be further away from our distribution centers, which may increase transportation costs and may create transportation scheduling strains, or may require us to add additional facilities to the network. We will require significant capital to fund our expanding business. If we are unable to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow from our operations, we may not be able to execute or sustain our growth strategy or we may require additional financing, which may not be available to us on satisfactory terms or at all. To support our expanding business and execute our growth strategy, we will need significant amounts of capital, including funds to pay our lease obligations, build out new stores and distribution centers, remodel our stores, purchase opportunistic inventory, pay employees and further invest in the business. Further, our plans to grow our store base may create cash flow pressure if new locations do not perform as projected. We expect to primarily depend on cash flow from operations to fund our business and growth plans. We cannot assure you that cash generated by our operations will be sufficient to allow us to fund our growth plans. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we may need to obtain additional funds through public or private financings, collaborative relationships or other arrangements. We cannot assure you that this additional funding, if needed, will be available on terms attractive to us, if at all. Any equity financing or debt financing that is convertible into equity that we may pursue could result in additional dilution to our existing stockholders. Tightening in the credit markets, low liquidity and volatility in the capital markets could result in diminished availability of credit, higher cost of borrowing and lack of confidence in the equity market, making it more difficult to obtain additional financing on terms that are favorable to us. Furthermore, any additional debt financing, if available, will increase our leverage and may involve restrictive covenants that could affect our ability to raise additional capital or operate our business. If such financing is not available to us, or is not available on satisfactory terms, our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations could be impeded and we may need to delay, limit or eliminate planned store openings or operations or other elements of our growth strategy. Such actions could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space, including future increases in occupancy costs. We currently lease substantially all of our store locations, primary distribution centers and administrative offices (including our headquarters in Emeryville, California), and a number of these leases expire or are up for renewal each year. Our operating leases typically have initial lease terms of ten years with renewal options for two or three successive five-year periods at our discretion. Typically, the largest portion of a store’s operating expense that we bear is the cost associated with leasing the location. Our total lease payment obligations for all operating leases in existence as of January 2, 2021 is $112.2 million for fiscal year 2021 and $1.27 billion in aggregate for fiscal years 2022 through 2038. We are also generally responsible for property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance for our leased properties. We expect that many of the new stores we open will also be leased to us under operating leases, which will further increase our operating lease expenditures. If we are unable to make the required payments under our leases, the lenders or owners of the relevant leased properties, distribution centers or administrative offices may, among other things, repossess those assets, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, our failure to make payments under our operating leases could trigger defaults under other leases or under our First Lien Credit Agreement (as defined elsewhere in this report), which could cause the counterparties under those agreements to accelerate the obligations due thereunder. The operating leases for our store locations, distribution centers and administrative offices expire at various dates through 2038. When the lease term for our stores expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores or to relocate stores within a market on less favorable terms. Any of these factors could cause us to close stores in desirable locations, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. Over time, current store locations may not continue to be desirable because of changes in demographics within the surrounding area or a decline in shopping traffic. While we have the right to terminate some of our leases under specified conditions, we may not be able to terminate a particular lease if or when we would like to do so. If we decide to close stores, we are generally required to continue to perform obligations under the applicable leases, which generally include paying rent and operating expenses for the balance of the lease term. When we assign leases or sublease space to third parties, we can remain liable on the lease obligations if the assignee or sublessee does not perform. 21 Table of Contents We do not currently compete in the growing online retail marketplace. We do not currently provide online services or e-commerce. Certain of our competitors and a number of pure online retailers have established robust online operations and have increased their online sales as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Increased competition from online grocery retailers and our lack of an online retail presence may reduce our customers’ desire to purchase products from us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Natural and other disasters may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance, particularly if we incur losses not covered by our insurance or if claims differ from our estimates. Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are reasonable based on our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to certain cyber events, acts of war, employee and certain other crime, certain wage and hour and other employment-related claims, including class actions, actions based on certain consumer protection laws and some natural and other disasters or similar events. If we incur these losses and they are material, our business could suffer. Certain material events, such as earthquakes or the recent California wildfires, may result in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely impact the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. Our retail stores located in California, and the inventory in those stores, are not currently insured against losses due to earthquakes. We have experienced significant challenges in renewing the insurance policies for our stores as insurers have incurred substantial losses related to property claims from fires, floods and other catastrophic events and are significantly increasing policy premiums, increasing their requirements around building engineering standards or cutting back capacity for coverage offerings to layered/quota share. For example, there have been significant fires across the west coast of the United States from 2018 through 2020. In 2018, our store in Paradise, California, burned down entirely and we have also suffered inventory losses related to power outages and evacuations due to fires. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to increase our self-insurance coverage, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage. In addition, we self-insure, or insure through captive insurance companies, a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in any applicable actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. IOs are required to maintain certain types and amounts of insurance coverage. If they fail to secure adequate insurance, injured parties may bring actions against us. If we or the IOs are unable to attract, train and retain highly qualified employees, our financial performance may be negatively affected. Our future growth, performance and positive customer experience depends on our and the IOs’ ability to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified employees who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our business partners and customers. We and the IOs face intense competition for employees. If we and the IOs are unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels and support functions could suffer. There is no assurance that we and the IOs will be able to attract or retain highly qualified employees to operate our business. Labor relation difficulties could materially adversely affect our business. Employees at two Company-operated stores are represented by the United Food and Commercial Workers Union. Our employees and those of the IOs have the right at any time to form or affiliate with a union. As we continue to grow, enter different regions and operate distribution centers, unions may attempt to organize the employees of our different IOs or our distribution centers within certain regions. We cannot predict the adverse effects that any future organizational activities will have on our business, financial condition and operating results. If we or the IOs were to become subject to work stoppages, we could experience disruption in our operations and increases in our labor costs, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Our success depends in part on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 22 Table of Contents We believe that our success depends to a significant extent on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The unexpected loss of services of any of our executive officers or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which may cause our stock price to decline. We do not maintain key person insurance on any of our key personnel. There can be no assurance that our executive succession planning, retention or hiring efforts will be successful. Competition for skilled and experienced management in our industry is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. Failure to attract and retain qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 23 Table of Contents Risks Related to Our Business Environment Economic conditions and other economic factors may materially adversely affect our financial performance and other aspects of our business by negatively impacting our customers’ disposable income or discretionary spending, increasing our costs and expenses, affecting our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, and materially adversely affecting our sales, results of operations and performance. General conditions in the United States and global economy that are beyond our control may materially adversely affect our business and financial performance. While we have not previously been materially adversely affected by periods of decreased consumer spending, any factor that could materially adversely affect the disposable income of our customers could decrease our customers’ spending and number of trips to our stores, which could result in lower sales, increased markdowns on products, a reduction in profitability due to lower margins and may require increased selling and promotional expenses. These factors include but are not limited to unemployment, minimum wages, significant public health and safety events, inflation and deflation, trade wars and interest and tax rates. Many of the factors identified above also affect commodity rates, transportation costs, costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, the strength of the U.S. dollar, lease costs, measures that create barriers to or increase the costs associated with international trade, changes in laws, regulations and policies and other economic factors, all of which may impact our cost of goods sold and our selling, general and administrative expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These factors could also materially adversely affect our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, invest in and open new stores, prevent current stores from closing, and may have other material adverse consequences which we are unable to fully anticipate or control, all of which may materially adversely affect our sales, cash flow, results of operations and performance. We have limited or no ability to control many of these factors. Food retailers provide alternative options for consumers and compete aggressively to win those consumers; our failure to offer a compelling value proposition to consumers could limit our growth opportunities and materially adversely impact our financial performance. The retail food industry includes mass and discount retailers, warehouse membership clubs, online retailers, conventional grocery stores and specialty stores. These businesses provide alternative options for the consumers whom we aim to serve. Our success relative to these retailers is driven by a combination of factors, primarily product selection and quality, price, location, customer engagement and store format. Our success depends on our ability to differentiate ourselves and provide value to our customers, and our failure to do so may negatively impact our sales. To the extent that other food retailers lower prices or run promotions, our ability to maintain profit margins and sales levels may be negatively impacted. We and the IOs may have to increase marketing expense to attract customers, and may have to mark down prices to be competitive and not lose market share. This limitation may materially adversely affect our margins and financial performance. Competition for customers has intensified as other discount food retailers, such as Aldi, Lidl and WinCo have moved into, or increased their presence in, our geographic and product markets. We expect this competition to continue to increase. In addition, we experience high levels of competition when we enter new markets. Some of the other food retailers may have been in the region longer and may benefit from enhanced brand recognition in such regions. For example, we recently expanded in Southern California and, as of January 2, 2021, had 86 stores in that area. Our new stores in this market are competing against more established retailers. Some food retailers may have greater financial or marketing resources than the IOs do and may be able to devote greater resources to sourcing, promoting and selling their products than the IOs. As competition in certain regions intensifies, or we move into new regions or other food retailers open stores in close proximity to our stores, our results of operations and cash flows may be negatively impacted through a loss of sales, decrease in market share, reduction in margin from competitive price changes or greater operating costs. If consumer trends move toward private label and away from name-brand products, our competitive position in the market may weaken and our sales may be materially adversely affected. Our business model has traditionally relied on the sale of name-brand products at meaningful discounts. Consumer acceptance of, and even preference for, private label products has been increasing, however, and a trend away from name-brand products could weaken our competitive position in the market. Private label products tend to be lower priced than name-brand products and, as a result, we may have more difficulty competing against private label products on the basis of price. While we may invest more in the future in developing our own private labels, there can be no assurance that the performance of any such private label products would be sufficient to offset the potential decreased sales of name-brand products. In addition, if we invest in expanding our private label products, we will need to make significant investments in 24 Table of Contents developing effective quality control procedures. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our sales, business, results of operations and financial condition. Major health epidemics, such as the outbreak caused by COVID-19, and other outbreaks could disrupt and adversely affect our operations, financial condition and business. The United States and other countries have experienced, and may experience in the future, major health epidemics related to viruses or other pathogens. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19, a novel coronavirus, has been declared a global pandemic, and has continued to worsen in many parts of the United States. As a result, most states where we have a significant number of stores have at various times during the pandemic declared a state of emergency, closed schools and non-essential businesses and enacted limitations on the number of people allowed to gather at one time in the same space. As COVID-19 has continued to spread and the situation has continued to evolve, there has been an increase in positive COVID-19 cases around the country during, and subsequent to, fiscal 2020 as shelter in place requirements have lapsed and other businesses have begun to reopen. Our IOs have faced and will continue to face staffing challenges so long as school and child care closures and COVID-19-related concerns exist. In addition, since the start of the pandemic, certain inventory items such as water, beans and bread as well as key cleaning supplies and protective equipment have, at times been, and may in the future again be, in short supply. Supply for inventory, including opportunistic inventory, has been, and may in the future again be, negatively impacted at times when overall demand for inventory is increased, which could negatively impact our margin. These factors could impact the ability of stores to operate normal hours of operation or have sufficient inventory at all times which may disrupt our business and negatively impact our financial results. Furthermore, we and our IOs have incurred, and may continue to incur, additional expenditures in connection with the spread of COVID-19 and legislation that has passed or may be passed in response to COVID-19, including but not limited to costs for supplies, additional employee benefits and/or premium pay, which may negatively affect our financial results. Further, for example, in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, California enacted by executive order changes to the state's worker compensation standards providing that employees who have to work outside of the home and who contract COVID-19 are presumed to have a workplace injury covered by the worker's compensation system. In addition, in early 2021 counties in California and Washington have enacted or are considering enacting ordinances mandating "hazard pay" for grocery workers. Our planned construction and opening of new stores have been and may continue to be negatively impacted due to state or county shelter in place requirements and the closure of government offices in certain areas which could negatively impact our financial results. A significant subset of our corporate employee population remains in a remote work environment in an effort to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, which may exacerbate certain risks to our business, including an increased risk of phishing and other cybersecurity attacks. In the event that an employee, IO, or IO employee tests positive for COVID-19, we have had to, and may in the future have to, temporarily close one or more stores, offices or distribution centers for cleaning and/or quarantine one or more employees, which could negatively impact our financial results. Outbreaks of COVID-19 among employees of any of our suppliers, vendors, third party distributors or service providers may disrupt or limit product supply and vendor services which could have a negative impact on our financial results. In addition, if one of more of our employees, IOs, IOs’ employees or customers becomes ill from COVID-19 and attributes their exposure to such illness to us or one of our stores, we and/or our IOs could be subject to allegations of failure to adequately mitigate the risk of such exposure. Such allegations could harm our reputation and sales and expose us to the risks of litigation and liability. Many states are now increasing enforcement and COVID-19 compliance efforts through state OSHA or public health inspections. Such enforcement efforts could result in citations, additional requirements or temporary store closures which could negatively impact our financial results. Due to the extraordinary impact of the outbreak of COVID-19 on our operations, including, without limitation, on customer behavior and inventory supply and the other factors discussed above, our operating results and performance during calendar year 2020 may not be meaningful indicators of future results. These impacts and the uncertainty surrounding the outbreak also make it more challenging for us to estimate future performance of the business and develop growth strategies for the future. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the adverse impact to us of COVID-19. We are continuing to monitor the spread of COVID-19 and related risks. The magnitude and duration of the pandemic and its impact on our business, results of operations, financial position, and cash flows are uncertain as this situation continues to evolve globally. The COVID-19 pandemic and the perception that new epidemics may occur, may cause people to avoid gathering in public places, which may adversely affect our customer traffic, our ability and that of our IOs to adequately staff our stores and operations, and our ability to transport product on a timely basis. Further, outbreaks of pathogens, such as COVID-19, may also impact our ability to access and ship product from impacted locations. To the extent that a pathogen is food-borne, or perceived to be food-borne, future outbreaks may adversely affect the price and availability of certain food products and cause our customers to consume less of such product. 25 Table of Contents Additionally, a prolonged widespread epidemic, or the perception that such an epidemic may occur, could adversely impact global economies and financial markets resulting in an economic downturn that may impact demand for our products. For example, throughout the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, the United States has seen a significant increase in unemployment claims and other indications of a significant economic slowdown. Such impacts could adversely affect our operations, profitability, cash flows and financial results. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in the Risk Factors section of our prospectus filed with the SEC on April 23, 2020, which are incorporated by reference herein, such as those relating to our substantial level of indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our indebtedness and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness. The current geographic concentration of our stores creates an exposure to local or regional downturns, natural or man-made disasters, unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), power outages, terrorist acts, political events and other serious catastrophic events which could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise materially adversely affect our financial performance. As of January 2, 2021, we operated 221 stores and distributed product from four distribution centers in California, making California our largest market, representing 58% of our total stores. As a result, our business is currently more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified competitors, and we are vulnerable to economic downturns or disruptions in those regions. Any unforeseen events or circumstances that negatively affect these areas could materially adversely affect our sales and profitability. These factors include, among other things, changes in demographics, population and employee bases, wage increases, property tax increases, changes in economic conditions, severe weather conditions and climate change, natural disasters (including fires, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods and tornadoes), power outages, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive political events and other catastrophic or disruptive occurrences. For example, there have been significant fires across the west coast of the United States from 2018 through 2020. In 2018, our store in Paradise, California, burned down entirely and we have also suffered inventory losses related to power outages and evacuations due to fires. Such conditions may result in reduced customer traffic and spending in our stores, changes in consumer shopping patterns that lead to lost sales or greater than expected markdowns, physical damage to our stores, loss of inventory, closure of one or more of our stores, inadequate workforce in our markets, temporary disruption in the supply of products, delays in the delivery of goods to our stores, increased expenses and a reduction in the availability of products in our stores. To the extent these conditions or events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, or our administrative offices or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some domestic and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay or increased transportation costs in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the inability of customers to reach or have transportation to our stores directly affected by such events, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption of our utility services or to our information systems. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage. Any of these factors may disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and the occurrence of any of these events in a region where our stores or other operations are concentrated may increase the impact of such disruption and adverse effect. 26 Table of Contents Risks Related to Data Protection, Cybersecurity and our Information Technology Systems Any failure to maintain the security of information we hold relating to personal information or payment card data of our customers, employees and suppliers, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks or otherwise, could subject us to litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could materially disrupt our operations and harm our reputation and sales. In the ordinary course of business, we and the IOs collect, store, process, use and transmit confidential business information and certain personal information relating to customers, employees and suppliers. All customer payment data is encrypted, and we do not store such data in our systems. We rely in part on commercially available systems, software, hardware, services, tools and monitoring to provide security for collection, storage, processing and transmission of personal and/or confidential information. It is possible that cyber attackers might compromise our security measures and obtain the personal and/or confidential information of the customers, employees and suppliers that we hold or our business information. Cyber attacks are rapidly evolving and those threats and the means for obtaining access to information in digital and other storage media are becoming increasingly sophisticated and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion. Moreover, an employee, contractor or third party with whom we work or to whom we outsource business operations may fail to monitor their or our systems effectively, may fail to maintain appropriate safeguards, may misuse the personal and/or confidential information to which they have access, may attempt to circumvent our security measures, may purposefully or inadvertently allow unauthorized access to our or their systems or to personal and/or confidential information or may otherwise disrupt our business operations. We and our customers could suffer harm if valuable business data or employee, customer and other proprietary information were corrupted, lost or accessed or misappropriated by third parties due to a security failure in our systems or those of our suppliers or service providers. It could require significant expenditures to remediate any such failure or breach, severely damage our reputation and our relationships with customers, result in unwanted media attention and lost sales and expose us to risks of litigation and liability. In addition, as a result of recent security breaches at a number of prominent retailers, the media and public scrutiny of information security and privacy has become more intense and the regulatory environment has become increasingly uncertain, rigorous and complex. As a result, we may incur significant costs to comply with laws regarding the protection and unauthorized disclosure of personal information and we may not be able to comply with new regulations. In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection, information security and consumer protection. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020, established a new privacy framework for covered businesses such as ours, and required us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur compliance related costs and expenses. The CCPA provides new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents, such as affording consumers the right to opt out of certain sales of personal information and prohibiting covered businesses from discriminating against consumers (e.g., charging more for services) for exercising any of their CCPA rights. The CCPA imposes a severe statutory damages framework and private rights of action for CCPA violations and failure to implement reasonable security procedures and practices that results in a data breach. Any failure to comply with the laws and regulations surrounding the protection of personal information, privacy and data security could subject us to legal and reputational risks and costs, including significant fines for non- compliance, any of which could have a negative impact on revenues and profits. Because we and the IOs accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash and checks, credit and debit cards, Electronic Benefit Transfer (“EBT”) cards and gift cards, we may be subject to additional rules, regulations, compliance requirements and higher fraud losses. For certain payment methods, we or the IOs pay interchange and other related card acceptance fees, along with additional transaction processing fees. We and the IOs rely on third parties to provide payment transaction processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, EBT cards and gift cards, and it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us, experience a data security incident or fail to comply with applicable laws, rules and industry standards. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, including data security rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change over time. For example, we and the IOs are subject to Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, which contain compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. In addition, if our internal systems are breached or compromised, we and the IOs may be liable for card re-issuance costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and/or debit card payments from our customers, and our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected. 27 Table of Contents Any material disruption to our information technology systems as a result of external factors or challenges or difficulties in maintaining or updating our existing technology, including modernizing components of our existing system architecture, or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. We rely on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including point of sale, inventory management, purchasing, financials, logistics, accounts payable and human resources information systems. We are dependent on the integrity, security and consistent operation of these systems and related back-up systems. Such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, facility damage, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cybersecurity breaches, cyber attacks (including malicious codes, worms, phishing and denial of service attacks and ransomware), software upgrade failures or code defects, natural disasters and human error. Damage or interruption to, or defects of design related to, these systems or the integration of such systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace, and we may suffer interruptions or disruptions in our operations in the interim, may experience loss or corruption of critical data and may receive negative publicity, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. Although we have taken steps designed to reduce the risk of these events occurring, there can be no guarantee that we or a third party on which we rely will not suffer one of these events. We modify, update and replace our systems and infrastructure from time to time, including by adding new hardware, software and applications; maintaining, updating or replacing legacy programs; converting to global systems; integrating new service providers; and adding enhanced or new functionality, such as cloud computing technologies. In addition, we have a customized enterprise resource planning system, components of which have already been replaced and additional components of which we anticipate will be replaced over the next several years, including our financial ledger, inventory management platform and product data warehouse system. The implementation, operation, and proper functionality of these improvements is anticipated to require a significant investment of financial, human, and technical resources. It is possible that we could experience implementation, operational and functionality issues, delays, higher than expected costs and other issues during the course of implementing and utilizing these improvements. With any update or replacement of our systems and infrastructure there is a risk of business disruption, liability and reputational damage associated with these actions, including from not accurately capturing and maintaining data, efficiently testing and implementing changes, realizing the expected benefit of the change and managing the potential disruption of the actions and diversion of internal teams’ attention as the changes are implemented. Further, potential issues associated with implementing technology initiatives and the time and resources required in seeking to optimize the benefits of new elements of our systems and its infrastructure could reduce the efficiency of our operations in the short term. The efficient operation and successful growth of our business depends upon our information systems, including our ability to operate, maintain and develop them effectively. A failure of those systems could disrupt our business, subject us to liability, damage our reputation, or otherwise impact our financial results. 28 Table of Contents Legal and Regulatory Risks Real or perceived concerns that products we and the IOs sell could cause unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death could expose us to lawsuits and harm our reputation, which could result in unexpected costs. If our products do not meet applicable safety standards or our customers’ expectations regarding safety, we could experience lost sales, increased costs, litigation or reputational harm. Any lost confidence on the part of our customers would be difficult and costly to reestablish. Issues regarding the quality or safety of any food items sold by us, regardless of the cause, could have a substantial and adverse effect on our sales and operating results. There is increasing governmental scrutiny and regulation of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death caused by products we and the IOs sell or involving suppliers that supply us with products could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationship with such suppliers or prevent us from achieving market acceptance of the affected products. We cannot be sure that consumption or use of our products will not cause side effects, illness, injury or death in the future, as product deficiencies might not be identified before we sell such products to our customers. We also may be subject to claims, lawsuits or government investigations relating to such matters resulting in costly product recalls and other liabilities that could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, negative publicity could materially adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential customers and our corporate and brand image, and these effects could persist over the long term. Any claims brought against us may exceed our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources. Further, we may not have sufficient capital resources to pay a judgment, in which case our creditors could levy against our assets. We are subject to laws and regulations generally applicable to retailers. Compliance with, failure to comply with, or changes to such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance. Our business is subject to numerous and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. The complexity of the regulatory environment in which we and the IOs operate and the related cost of compliance are increasing due to additional legal and regulatory requirements, our expanding operation and increased enforcement efforts. Further, uncertainties exist regarding the future application of certain of these legal requirements to our business. New or existing laws, regulations and policies, liabilities arising thereunder and the related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those dealing with environmental protection and compliance, taxation, zoning and land use, workplace safety, public health, community right-to-know, product safety or labeling, food safety, alcohol and beverage sales, vitamin and supplements, information security and privacy and labor and employment, among others, or changes in existing laws, regulations, policies and the related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those governing the sale of products, may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our cost of doing business. For example, we or the IOs have had to comply with recent new laws in many of the states or counties in which we operate regarding recycling, waste, minimum wages, sick time, vacation, plastic bag and straw bans and sugar taxes. In addition, we and the IOs are subject to environmental laws pursuant to which we and the IOs could be strictly and jointly and severally liable for any contamination at our current or former locations, or at third-party waste disposal sites, regardless of our knowledge of or responsibility for such contamination. Approximately 10% of sales are in the form of EBT payments and a substantial portion of these payments may be related to benefits associated with the Supplemental Nutritional Assistance Program (“SNAP”). Accordingly, changes in EBT regulations by the U.S. Department of Agriculture or in SNAP benefits by Congress could adversely affect our financial performance. We cannot assure you that we or the IOs will comply promptly and fully with all laws, regulations, policies and the related interpretations that apply to our stores. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall, can result in the imposition of penalties (including loss of licenses, eligibility to accept certain government benefits such as SNAP or significant fines or monetary penalties), civil or criminal liability, damages, class action litigation or other litigation, in addition to reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 29 Table of Contents Legal proceedings from customers, suppliers, employees, governments or competitors could materially impact our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. From time to time, we are subject to allegations, and may be party to legal claims and regulatory proceedings, relating to our business operations. Such allegations, claims and proceedings may be brought by third parties, including our customers, suppliers, employees, governmental or regulatory bodies or competitors, and may include class actions. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. While the IOs and suppliers will typically indemnify us for certain adverse outcomes, we may still bear significant expenses related to such proceedings. While we maintain insurance, insurance coverage may not be adequate, and the cost to defend against future litigation may be significant. From time to time, our employees may bring lawsuits against us regarding discrimination, creating a hostile workplace, sexual harassment and other employment issues. The IOs may also experience similar lawsuits from their own employees. In recent years, companies have experienced an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment and wage and hour claims generally. Coupled with the expansion of social media platforms that allow individuals with access to a broad audience, these claims have had a significant negative impact on some businesses. Some companies that have faced employment- or harassment-related lawsuits have had to terminate management or other key personnel, and have suffered reputational harm. If we were to face any employment-related or other claims, our reputation and business could be negatively affected. In addition, such lawsuits brought against the IOs, even if we are not named or are ultimately not found liable, could adversely impact our reputation and business. 30 Table of Contents Risks Related to Our IO Model If the IOs are not successful in managing their business, our financial results and brand image could be negatively affected. The financial health of the IOs is critical to their and our success. The IOs are business entities owned by entrepreneurs who generally live in the same community as the store that they operate as our independent contractor. IOs are responsible for operating their store consistent with our brand standards, hiring and supervising store-level employees, merchandising and selling products and managing and paying the expenses associated with their business. Although we select IOs through a rigorous vetting and training process, and continue to help IOs develop their business skills after they enter into an Operator Agreement with us, it is difficult to predict in advance whether a particular IO will be successful. If an IO is unable to successfully establish, manage and operate the store, their store’s performance and quality of service could be materially adversely affected. In addition, any poor performance could negatively affect our financial results and our brand reputation. Failure of the IOs to repay notes outstanding to us may materially adversely affect our financial performance. We extend financing to IOs for their initial startup costs in the form of notes payable to us that bear interest at rates between 3.00% and 9.95%. There can be no assurance that any IO, will achieve long-term store volumes or profitability that will allow them to repay any amounts due nor is there any assurance that any IO will be able to repay amounts due through other means. The outstanding aggregate balance of notes receivable from IOs has increased over time as we have accelerated new store growth and initial IO capital and working capital requirements have increased. This balance may continue to increase as we open new stores. There were $37.2 million and $32.0 million of notes to IOs outstanding as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively, and $7.6 million and $9.8 million reserved as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified IOs, our financial performance may be negatively affected. Our future growth and performance depend on our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified IOs who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively. A material decrease in profitability of the IOs may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified IOs. While we use a variety of methods to attract and develop the IOs, including through our Aspiring Operators in Training (“AOT”) program, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to recruit and retain a sufficient number of qualified AOTs and other candidates to open successful new locations in order to meet our growth targets. Our ability to maintain our current performance and achieve future growth additionally depends on the IOs’ ability to meet their labor needs while controlling wage and labor-related costs. If the IOs are unable to avoid excess inventory shrink, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. The IOs order merchandise solely from us, which we, in turn, deliver to IOs on a consignment basis. As a result, we retain ownership of all merchandise until the point in time that merchandise is sold to a customer. The IOs, however, are responsible for inventory management at their stores. Any spoiled, damaged or stolen merchandise, markdowns or price changes impact gross profit and, therefore, IO commission. We generally split these losses equally with IOs, however, excessive levels of shrink are deducted from commissions paid to IOs. Excessive shrink generally indicates poor inventory management and the IO’s failure to use due care to secure their store against theft. If IOs were to not effectively control or manage inventory in their stores, they could experience higher rates of inventory shrink which could have a material adverse effect on their financial health, which in turn, may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our Operator Agreements may be terminated, and any loss or changeover of an IO may cause material business disruptions. Each Operator Agreement is subject to termination by either party without cause upon 75 days’ notice. We may also terminate immediately “for cause.” The “for cause” termination triggers include, among other things, a failure to meet our brand standards, misuse of our trademarks and actions that in our reasonable business judgment threaten to harm our business reputation. If we or an IO terminates the Operator Agreement then we must approve a new IO for that store. Any IO changeover consumes substantial time and resources. Often, a changeover will involve more than one transition, as an IO may move from an existing store, thereby creating an opening at the IO’s previous store. A failure to transition a store successfully to 31 Table of Contents another IO can negatively impact the customer experience or compromise our brand standards. Termination of an Operator Agreement could therefore result in the reduction of our sales and operating cash flow, and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Legal proceedings initiated against the IOs could materially impact our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We and the IOs are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, individual personal injury, product liability, intellectual property, employment-related actions, litigation with or involving our relationship with IOs and property disputes and other legal actions in the ordinary course of our respective businesses. If the IOs are unable to provide an adequate remedy in a legal action, the plaintiffs may attempt to hold us liable. We maintain that under current applicable laws and regulations we are not joint employers with the IOs, and should not be held liable for their actions. However, these types of claims may increase costs and affect the scope and terms of insurance or indemnifications we and the IOs may have. Our Operator Agreements require each IO to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Losses arising from certain extraordinary hazards, employment matters or other matters, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other risks, or IOs may fail to procure the required insurance. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to IOs may not be made on a timely basis. Any legal actions against the IOs may negatively affect the reputation of our brand, which could result in a reduction of our sales and operating cash flow, which could be material and which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the past, certain business models that use independent contractors to sell directly to customers have been subject to challenge under various laws, including laws relating to franchising, misclassification and joint employment. If our business model is determined to be a franchise, if IOs are found not to be independent contractors, but our employees, or if we are found to be a joint employer of an IO’s employees, our business and operations could be materially adversely affected. The IOs are independent contractors. Independent contractors and the companies that engage their services have come under increased legal and regulatory scrutiny in recent years as courts have adopted new standards for these classifications and federal legislators continue to introduce legislation concerning the classification of independent contractors as employees, including legislation that proposes to increase the tax and labor penalties against employers who intentionally or unintentionally misclassify employees as independent contractors and are found to have violated employees’ overtime or wage requirements. Federal and state tax and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determination of independent contractor status. For example, the California state legislature recently enacted AB-5, which became effective in California on January 1, 2020. AB-5 codifies a new test for determining worker classification that is much narrower than the traditional standard in defining the scope of who is classified as an independent contractor. Given AB-5’s recent enactment, there has been limited guidance to date regarding interpretation or enforcement, and there is a significant degree of uncertainty regarding its application. In addition, AB-5 has been the subject of widespread national discussion and it is possible that other jurisdictions may enact similar laws. There is a risk that a governmental agency or court could disagree with our assessment that IOs are independent contractors or that other laws and regulations could change. If any IOs were determined to be our employees, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment, environmental and tort laws, which could potentially include prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings. Even if IOs are properly classified as independent contractors, there is a risk that a governmental agency or court might disagree with our assessment that each IO is the sole employer of its workers and seek to hold us jointly and separately responsible as a co-employer of an IO’s workers. In this case, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, which could potentially include prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings since joint employers are each separately responsible for their co-employees’ benefits. A misclassification ruling would mean that both IOs and IOs’ employees are our employees, it would also mean that an IOs’ employees are also our employees. 32 Table of Contents We continue to observe and monitor our compliance with current applicable laws and regulations, but we cannot predict whether laws and regulations adopted in the future, or standards adopted by the courts, regarding the classification of independent contractors will materially adversely affect our business or operations. Further, if we were to become subject to franchise laws or regulations, it would require us to provide additional disclosures, register with state franchise agencies, impact our ability to terminate our Operator Agreements and may increase the expense of, or adversely impact our recruitment of new IOs. Our success depends on our ability to maintain positive relationships with the IOs and any failure to maintain our relationships on positive terms could materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. The IOs develop and operate their stores under terms set forth in our Operator Agreements. These agreements give rise to relationships that involve a complex set of mutual obligations and depends on mutual cooperation and trust. We have a standard Operator Agreement that we use with the IOs, which contributes to uniformity of brand standards. We generally have positive relationships with the IOs, based in part on our common understanding of our mutual rights and obligations under the Operator Agreement. However, we and the IOs may not always maintain a positive relationship or always interpret the Operator Agreement in the same way. Our failure to maintain positive relationships with the IOs could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to the IOs or stockholders or more costly to operate. Active and/or potential disputes with IOs could damage our brand image and reputation. The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to maintain IOs in profitable stores. If we fail to maintain our IO relationships on acceptable terms, or if one or more of the more profitable IOs were to terminate their Operator Agreements, become insolvent or otherwise fail to comply with brand standards, our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. The IOs could take actions that could harm our business. The IOs are contractually obligated to operate their stores in accordance with the brand standards set forth in the Operator Agreements. However, IOs are independent contractors whom we do not control. The IOs operate and oversee the daily operations of their stores and have sole control over all of their employees and other workforce decisions. As a result, IOs make decisions independent of us that bear directly on the ultimate success and performance of their store. Nevertheless, the nature of the brand license creates a symbiotic relationship between our outcome and each IO. Indeed, because we and each of the IOs associate our separate businesses with the Grocery Outlet name and brand reputation, the failure of any IO to comply with our brand standards could potentially have repercussions that extend beyond that IO’s own market area and materially adversely affect not only our business, but the business of other IOs and the general brand image and reputation of the Grocery Outlet name. This, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. If any particular IO operates a store in a manner inconsistent with our brand standards, we cannot assure you that we will be able to terminate the Operator Agreement of that IO without disruptions to the operations and sales of that IO’s store or other stores. 33 Table of Contents Risks Associated with Our Indebtedness Our substantial indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to operate our business, react to changes in the economy or industry or pay our debts and meet our obligations under our debt and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments. As of January 2, 2021, we had a significant amount of indebtedness comprised of total borrowings under our First Lien Credit Agreement of $460.0 million. We have liquidity through a largely undrawn $100.0 million revolving credit facility under our First Lien Credit Agreement, under which we had $96.5 million of availability after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In addition, subject to restrictions in our First Lien Credit Agreement, we may incur additional debt. Our substantial debt could have important consequences to you, including the following: • • it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations, including debt service requirements under our outstanding debt, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such indebtedness; our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other general corporate purposes may be impaired; • a substantial portion of cash flow from operations may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities, acquisitions and other purposes; • we are more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse industry conditions and our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business or industry is more limited; • • our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to react to competitive pressures, as compared to our competitors, may be compromised due to our high level of debt; and our ability to borrow additional funds or to refinance debt may be limited. Furthermore, all of our debt under our First Lien Credit Agreement bears interest at variable rates. If these rates were to increase significantly, whether because of an increase in market interest rates or a decrease in our creditworthiness, our ability to borrow additional funds may be reduced and the risks related to our substantial debt would intensify. Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to service our debt obligations. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt and to fund planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. To some extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations, delay capital expenditures or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives. 34 Table of Contents Restrictive covenants in our First Lien Credit Agreement may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies, and failure to comply with any of these restrictions could result in acceleration of our debt. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our First Lien Credit Agreement may materially adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. Such restrictions and covenants limit our ability, among other things, to: pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our common stock or make other restricted payments; sell certain assets; incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; • • • make certain investments; • • • • make certain payments in respect of certain junior debt obligations; • • designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and create liens on certain assets to secure debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our First Lien Credit Agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our First Lien Credit Agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our First Lien Credit Agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral to secure our First Lien Credit Agreement. Our future operating results may not be sufficient to enable compliance with the financial maintenance covenant in our First Lien Credit Agreement, or any other indebtedness and we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement. In addition, in the event of an acceleration of our debt upon a default, we may not have or be able to obtain sufficient funds to make any accelerated payments. Furthermore, the terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could have further additional restrictive covenants. We may not be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future, and in the event that we are not able to maintain compliance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders or amend the covenants. Despite current debt levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage. We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future. Although our First Lien Credit Agreement contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Additionally, we may successfully obtain waivers of these restrictions. If we incur additional debt above the levels currently in effect, the risks associated with our leverage, including those described above, would increase. Our First Lien Credit Agreement includes a $100.0 million revolving credit facility under which we had $96.5 million of availability as of January 2, 2021 after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit. 35 Table of Contents Risks Related to Accounting, Tax and Financial Statement Matters Goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and any impairment of these assets could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We monitor the recoverability of our long-lived assets, such as our store investments, and evaluate them annually to determine if impairment has occurred. Accounting rules require us to review the carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Such indicators are based on market conditions and the operational performance of our business. If the testing performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value of the intangible assets or goodwill and the fair value of the intangible assets and the implied fair value of the goodwill, respectively, in the period the determination is made. The testing of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill for impairment requires us to make estimates that are subject to significant assumptions about our future sales, profitability, cash flow, fair value of assets and liabilities, weighted average cost of capital, as well as other assumptions. Changes in these estimates, or changes in actual performance compared with these estimates, may affect the fair value of intangible assets or goodwill, which may result in an impairment charge. We may take impairment charges in the future based on such assumptions. We cannot accurately predict the amount or timing of any impairment of assets. If a significant amount of our goodwill and other intangible assets were deemed to be impaired, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. A significant decline in our operating profit and taxable income may impair our ability to realize the value of our deferred tax assets. We are required by accounting rules to periodically assess our deferred tax assets for a valuation allowance, if necessary. In performing these assessments, we use our historical financial performance to determine whether we have potential valuation allowance concerns and as evidence to support our assumptions about future financial performance. A significant decline in our financial performance could negatively affect the results of our assessments of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets could be material and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Tax matters could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We are subject to federal and state income and other taxes in the United States. We compute our income tax provision based on enacted federal and state tax rates. Additionally, changes in the enacted tax rates, adverse outcomes in tax audits, or any change in the pronouncements relating to accounting for income taxes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. As of January 2, 2021, we had a tax-effected deferred tax asset of $345.0 million. Our ability to use our deferred tax asset is dependent on our ability to generate future earnings within the operating loss carry-forward periods, which are generally 20 years. Some or all of our deferred tax asset could expire unused if we are unable to generate taxable income in the future sufficient to utilize the deferred tax asset, or we enter into transactions that limit our right to use it. If a material portion of our deferred tax asset expires unused, it could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock. Our ability to realize the deferred tax asset is periodically reviewed and any necessary valuation allowance is recorded or adjusted accordingly. In addition, certain states and local jurisdictions have approved or proposed gross receipt tax measures. For example, effective January 1, 2020, Oregon enacted a gross receipts tax which established a new 0.57% gross receipts tax. Should these gross receipt tax measures succeed in other jurisdictions in which we operate, we anticipate an increase in our operating expenses. Changes in accounting rules or interpretations thereof, changes to underlying legal agreements as well as other factors applicable to our analysis of the IO entities as variable interest entities could significantly impact our ability to issue our financial statements on a timely basis. In accordance with the variable interest entities sub-section of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810, Consolidation, we assess during each of our reporting periods whether we are considered the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and therefore are required to consolidate the VIE in our financial statements. We have concluded that the IO entities represent VIEs. However, we have concluded we are not such VIE’s primary beneficiary and, accordingly, we do not consolidate the IO entities’ financial information. Changes in accounting rules or interpretations thereof, changes to the underlying Operator Agreements (as defined elsewhere in this report) as well as 36 Table of Contents other factors that may impact the economic performance of the IO entities which may be relevant to our analysis of whether to consolidate the IO entities as VIEs could significantly impact our ability to issue our financial statements on a timely basis if, as a result, we are determined to be the primary beneficiary of the IO entities and should consolidate such entities. For example, collecting the requisite accounting data from certain of our IO entities in order to consolidate their financial information would involve substantial time, effort and cost. Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. As a public company, we have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our results of operations. In addition, we are required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in each annual report on Form 10-K. This assessment needs to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. Our independent registered public accounting firm is required to issue an attestation report on effectiveness of our internal controls in each annual report on Form 10-K. In connection with maintaining the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the remediation of any deficiencies identified by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the issuance of their attestation report. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. A material weakness in internal control could result in our failure to detect a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements or disclosures. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. 37 Table of Contents Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock Our quarterly operating results fluctuate and may fall short of prior periods, our projections or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could materially adversely affect our stock price. Our operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter at points in the past, and they may do so in the future. Therefore, results of any one fiscal quarter are not a reliable indication of results to be expected for any other fiscal quarter or for any year. If we fail to increase our results over prior periods, to achieve our projected results or to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price may decline, and the decrease in the stock price may be disproportionate to the shortfall in our financial performance. Results may be affected by various factors, including those described in these risk factors. We maintain a forecasting process that seeks to plan sales and align expenses. If we do not control costs or appropriately adjust costs to actual results, or if actual results differ significantly from our forecast, our financial performance could be materially adversely affected. We are a holding company with no operations and rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. We are a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the shares of common stock of Globe Intermediate Corp. that we hold. Globe Intermediate Corp. is the indirect parent of Grocery Outlet Inc. which, together with its subsidiaries, owns substantially all of our operating assets. As a result, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and may be prohibited or restricted from paying dividends or otherwise making funds available to us under certain conditions. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to meet our financial obligations. We currently do not intend to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and, as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates. We currently do not expect to declare any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is currently limited by the covenants of our First Lien Credit Agreement and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market could cause the market price for our common stock to decline. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Holders of an aggregate of 7,445,040 shares of our outstanding common stock have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. The market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you. Provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control. Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock. These provisions provide for, among other things: • the division of our board of directors into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, which directors in each class serving three-year terms and with terms of the directors of only one class expiring in any given year; 38 Table of Contents • • • • the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could have the effect of impeding the success of an attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change of control; advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at stockholder meetings; certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings; and that certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third-party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. Our amended and restated bylaws provide, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the sole and exclusive forums for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees. Our amended and restated bylaws provide, subject to limited exceptions, that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of our company to the Company or our stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. These provisions shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selections of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated bylaws. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a different judicial forum, including one that it may find favorable or convenient for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or other employees which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provisions that will be contained in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Our board of directors is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue 50,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce its value. 39 Table of Contents The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock. The market price of our common stock has been highly volatile and may continue to fluctuate substantially due to a number of factors such as those listed in “—Risks Related to Our Business” and the following: General Risk Factors • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; results of operations that vary from those of our competitors; changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors; declines in the market prices of stocks generally; strategic actions by us or our competitors; announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments; changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets; changes in business or regulatory conditions; additions or departures of key management personnel; future sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing stockholders, or the perception of such future sales; expiration of market standoff or lock-up agreements; investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives; the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC; announcements relating to litigation; guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance; the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock; changes in accounting principles; and other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events. These broad market and industry fluctuations may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock are low. In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation. If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline. The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business or industry. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business or industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts 40 Table of Contents ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters may materially impact reporting of our financial condition and results of operations. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines, and interpretations we apply to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, such as accounting for long-lived asset impairment, goodwill, variable interest entities and share-based compensation, are complex and involve subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change or add significant volatility to our reported or expected financial performance. For example, our adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases in fiscal 2019 had a material impact on our financial statements. 41 Table of Contents ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. 42 Table of Contents ITEM 2. PROPERTIES As of January 2, 2021, we leased 378 of our 380 stores and each of our self-operated distribution centers and warehouse facilities. The remaining two stores were owned by IOs. Our stores are located in California, Washington, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Idaho and Nevada. Our initial lease terms for store locations are typically ten years with options to renew for two or three successive five-year periods. Our corporate headquarters, located in Emeryville, California, is leased under an agreement that expires in 2023, with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. Our three self-operated primary distribution centers range from approximately 100,000 square feet to approximately 400,000 square feet. Including options to renew, our primary distribution centers have leases expiring between 2023 and 2035. We believe that our corporate and distribution center facilities are in good operating condition and adequate to support the current needs of our business. 43 Table of Contents ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time, we may be party to litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Management believes that we do not have any pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. 44 Table of Contents ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES This item is not applicable. 45 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information for Common Stock Our common stock has traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GO” since our IPO on June 20, 2019. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our common stock. Stockholders American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock. As of February 25, 2021, there were 17 stockholders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of stockholders are "street name" or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. Dividend Policy We currently do not expect to declare any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, to finance the growth and development of our business and to reduce our net debt. Any determination to declare dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial condition. In addition, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from subsidiaries, including restrictions under our First Lien Credit Agreement, and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. See NOTE 6— Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our First Lien Credit Agreement. Stock Performance Graph The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total return (equal to stock appreciation plus dividends) during each quarterly accounting period from June 20, 2019 (the date our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) through January 2, 2021 for: • Grocery Outlet Holdings, Inc. • Nasdaq Global Market Composite Index • Nasdaq US Benchmark General Retailers Index 46 Table of Contents We are required to provide a line-graph presentation comparing cumulative stockholder returns on an indexed basis with a broad equity market index and either a published industry index or an index of peer companies selected by us. We have selected the Nasdaq Global Market Composite Index for the broad equity market index and the Nasdaq US Benchmark General Retailers Index as the published industry index. Notes: • Assumes initial investment of $100.00 at our closing stock price on June 20, 2019 (our initial listing date). Total return includes reinvestment of dividends. • • If the quarterly accounting period end date ends on a day that is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. The information included under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” in Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is “furnished” and not “filed” and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or subject to Regulation 14A, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the limitations of that section, and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date of this report and irrespective of any general incorporation by reference language in any such filing. • The stock price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities None. Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities During the quarter ended January 2, 2021, we did not purchase any of our equity securities that are registered under section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act. 47 Table of Contents ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated balance sheets data are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes thereto, and other financial information included herein. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. (1) Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expense: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification Total other expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income Per Share Data: Net income per share (basic and diluted): Basic Diluted Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted): Basic Diluted January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 (in thousands, except per share data) 3,134,640 $ 2,161,293 973,347 2,559,617 $ 1,772,515 787,102 2,287,660 $ 1,592,263 695,397 2,075,465 $ 1,443,582 631,883 1,831,531 1,270,354 561,177 772,409 55,479 38,084 865,972 107,375 20,043 198 20,241 87,134 (19,579) 106,713 $ 639,437 47,883 31,439 718,759 68,343 45,927 5,634 51,561 16,782 1,363 15,419 $ 557,100 45,421 10,409 612,930 82,467 55,362 5,253 60,615 21,852 5,984 15,868 $ 510,136 43,152 1,659 554,947 76,936 49,698 1,466 51,164 25,772 5,171 20,601 $ 1.16 $ 1.08 $ 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 0.24 $ 0.23 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 91,818 98,452 79,044 81,863 68,473 68,546 68,232 68,332 457,051 37,152 2,905 497,108 64,069 47,147 — 47,147 16,922 6,724 10,198 0.15 0.15 68,260 68,323 $ $ $ $ _______________________ (1) Our fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 consisted of 53 weeks, while all other fiscal years presented were 52-week years. (1) Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents Working capital Total assets (2) Total debt Total liabilities Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity _______________________ (1) (1) January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 (in thousands) December 30, 2017 January 2, 2016 $ 105,326 $ 149,311 2,485,624 449,233 1,563,317 922,307 2,485,624 28,101 $ 62,199 2,185,529 447,989 1,440,145 745,384 2,185,529 21,063 $ 89,448 1,376,862 857,368 1,076,911 299,951 1,376,862 5,801 $ 76,244 1,317,871 710,886 890,738 427,133 1,317,871 6,853 68,186 1,268,470 711,866 862,118 406,352 1,268,470 Total assets and total debt for fiscal years 2020 and 2019 reflect the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases on a modified retrospective basis. All other fiscal years presented were not restated. Total debt consists of the current and long-term portions of our total debt outstanding, net of debt discount and debt issuance costs. See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. (2) 48 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” or in other sections of this report. We operate on a fiscal year that ends on the Saturday closest to December 31st each year. References to fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018 refer to the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. Our 2020 fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks, while each of the remaining years listed were 52-week years. OVERVIEW We are a high-growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. Our flexible buying model allows us to offer quality, name-brand opportunistic products at prices generally 40% to 70% below those of conventional retailers. Entrepreneurial independent operators (“IOs”) run our stores and create a neighborhood feel through personalized customer service and a localized product offering. This differentiated approach has driven 17 consecutive years of positive comparable store sales growth. As of January 2, 2021, we had 380 stores throughout California, Washington, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Idaho and Nevada. Initial Public Offering On June 24, 2019, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”) of 19,765,625 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share for net proceeds of $407.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million. We also incurred offering costs payable by us of $7.2 million which we recognized as a charge to additional paid-in-capital. The shares of common stock sold in the IPO and the net proceeds from the IPO included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In connection with the closing of our IPO, we repaid in full the $150.0 million outstanding principal amount and $3.6 million accrued interest on our second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. Additionally, using the remainder of the net proceeds, together with excess cash on hand, we prepaid a portion of the term loan outstanding under our first lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018 (as amended, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) totaling $248.0 million and $3.8 million of accrued interest. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the term loan outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information. Secondary Public Offerings On October 8, 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred related offering costs of $1.1 million which we recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses during fiscal 2019. We received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On February 3, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed another secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred related offering costs of $1.1 million which we recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses during fiscal 2020. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On April 27, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed a third secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred related offering costs of $1.0 million which we recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. We received $1.6 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 269,000 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On May 28, 2020, the H&F Investor distributed the remainder of its holdings representing 9.6 million shares of our common stock to its equity holders. We did not receive any proceeds or incur any material costs related to this distribution. 49 Table of Contents COVID-19 On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. As a result, many states, including states where we have significant operations, declared a state of emergency, closed schools and non-essential businesses and enacted limitations on the number of people allowed to gather at one time in the same space. As of the date of this filing, grocery stores are considered essential businesses in states and counties that have enacted requirements that residents leave their homes only for essential business (“shelter in place requirements”) and are able to continue operating. As COVID-19 has continued to spread and the situation has continued to evolve, there has been a surge of positive COVID-19 cases around the country during, and subsequent to, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 as shelter in place requirements have lapsed and other businesses have begun to reopen. Our IOs have faced and will continue to face staffing challenges as long as school and childcare closures and COVID-19-related concerns exist. In addition, in early 2021, counties in California and Washington have enacted or are considering enacting ordinances mandating "hazard pay" for grocery workers. In addition, since the start of the pandemic certain inventory items such as water, beans and bread, as well as key cleaning supplies and protective equipment have at times been, and may in the future again be, in short supply. These factors could impact the ability of stores to operate normal hours of operation or have sufficient inventory at all times which may disrupt our business and negatively impact our financial results. Further, planned construction and opening of new stores have been and may continue to be negatively impacted due to shelter in place requirements and the closure of government offices in certain areas. During fiscal 2020, from time to time we had to temporarily close certain stores for cleaning after persons at those locations tested positive for COVID-19. In the event that an employee, IO, or IO employee tests positive for COVID-19, we may have to again temporarily close a store, office or distribution center for cleaning and/or quarantine one or more employees which could negatively impact our financial results. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, cleaning and safety costs, costs for protective equipment and supplies, and higher personnel expenses. In addition, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional expenses as a result of certain increased costs related to our IOs. For example, we are paying a portion of the costs of protective equipment and cleaning supplies for our IOs as well as reducing interest rates on outstanding IO Notes. We cannot reasonably estimate the length or severity of this pandemic, but it could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, and consolidated cash flows in fiscal 2021. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Major health epidemics, such as the outbreak caused by COVID-19, and other outbreaks could disrupt and adversely affect our operations, financial condition and business” for additional information. Key Factors and Measures We Use to Evaluate Our Business We consider a variety of financial and operating measures in assessing the performance of our business. The key GAAP measures we use are net sales, gross profit and gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) and operating income. The key operational metrics and non- GAAP measures we use are number of new stores, comparable store sales, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income. Fiscal 2020 Overview Key financial and operating performance results for our fiscal 2020 (53 weeks) compared to our fiscal 2019 (52 weeks) are as follows: • Net sales increased by 22.5% to approximately $3.13 billion for fiscal 2020 from approximately $2.56 billion for fiscal 2019; comparable store sales increased by 12.7% in fiscal 2020 on a 52-week basis compared to a 5.2% increase in fiscal 2019. Fiscal 2020 contained one additional week ("53rd week") as compared to fiscal 2019. The 53rd week included $53.3 million in net sales. • We opened 35 new stores and closed 2, ending fiscal 2020 with 380 stores in six states. • Net income increased 592.1% to $106.7 million, or $1.08 per diluted share for fiscal 2020, compared to net income of $15.4 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, for fiscal 2019. • Adjusted EBITDA increased 32.4% to $222.9 million for fiscal 2020 compared to $168.3 million for fiscal 2019. (1) 50 Table of Contents • Non-GAAP adjusted net income increased 86.9% to $112.7 million, or $1.14 per non-GAAP diluted share, for fiscal 2020 compared to $60.3 (1) million, or $0.74 per non-GAAP diluted share, for fiscal 2019. _______________________ (1) Adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP adjusted net income and non-GAAP adjusted diluted earnings per share are non-GAAP financial measures and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Beginning with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we updated our definitions of adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income to simplify our presentation and enhance comparability between periods. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations in the “Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below for additional information. Key Components of Results of Operations Net Sales We recognize revenues from the sale of products at the point of sale, net of any taxes or deposits collected and remitted to governmental authorities. Discounts provided to customers by us are recognized at the time of sale as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts that are funded solely by IOs are not recognized as a reduction in sales as the IO bears the incidental costs arising from the discount. We do not accept manufacturer coupons. Sales consist of sales from comparable stores and non-comparable stores, described below under “Comparable Store Sales.” Growth of our sales is generally driven by expansion of our store base in existing and new markets as well as comparable store sales growth. Sales are impacted by the spending habits of our customers, product mix and availability, as well as promotional and competitive activities. Our ever-changing selection of offerings across diverse product categories supports growth in sales by attracting new customers and encouraging repeat visits from our existing customers. The spending habits of our customers are subject to changes in macroeconomic conditions, such as those experienced beginning in March 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and changes in discretionary income. Our customers’ discretionary income is primarily impacted by wages, fuel and other cost-of-living increases including food-at-home inflation, as well as consumer trends and preferences, which fluctuate depending on the environment. Because we offer a broad selection of merchandise at extreme values, historically we have benefited from periods of economic uncertainty. Cost of Sales, Gross Profit and Gross Margin Cost of sales includes, among other things, merchandise costs, inventory markdowns, inventory losses and transportation, distribution and warehousing costs, including depreciation. Gross profit is equal to our sales less our cost of sales. Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage of our sales. Gross margin is a measure used by management to indicate whether we are selling merchandise at an appropriate gross profit. Gross margin is impacted by product mix and availability, as some products generally provide higher gross margins, and by our merchandise costs, which can vary. Gross margin is also impacted by the costs of distributing and transporting product to our stores, which can vary. Our gross profit is variable in nature and generally follows changes in sales. While our disciplined buying approach has produced consistent gross margins throughout economic cycles which we believe has helped to mitigate adverse impacts on gross profit and results of operations, rapid changes in consumer demand like we experienced at the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic could result in unexpected changes to our gross margins. The components of our cost of sales may not be comparable to the components of cost of sales or similar measures of our competitors and other retailers. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to similar data made available by our competitors and other retailers. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses SG&A expenses are comprised of both store-related expenses and corporate expenses. Store-related expenses include commissions paid to IOs, occupancy and shared maintenance costs, Company-operated store expenses, including payroll, benefits, supplies and utilities and the cost of opening new IO stores. In addition, in fiscal 2020, SG&A included incremental costs associated with COVID-19, such as cleaning and safety costs, costs for protective equipment and supplies. Corporate expenses include payroll and benefits for corporate and field support, marketing and advertising, insurance and professional services and operator recruiting and training costs. SG&A generally increases as we grow our store base and invest in our corporate infrastructure. SG&A expenses related to commissions paid to IOs are variable in nature and generally increase as gross profits rise and decrease as gross profits decline. The remainder of our expenses are primarily fixed in nature. We continue to closely manage our expenses and monitor SG&A as a percentage of sales. The components of our SG&A may not be comparable to the components of similar measures of other retailers. We expect that our SG&A will continue to increase in future periods as we continue to grow our sales revenue. Operating Income Operating income is gross profit less SG&A, depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation. Operating income excludes interest expense, net, debt extinguishment and modification costs and income tax expense. We use operating income as an indicator of the productivity of our business and our ability to manage expenses. 51 Table of Contents Results of Operations The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations both in dollars and as a percentage of sales (amounts in thousands, except for percentages): Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expense: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification costs Total other expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income (1) Percentage of sales Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expense: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification costs Total other expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income _______________________ (1) Components may not sum to totals due to rounding. January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 3,134,640 $ 2,161,293 973,347 2,559,617 $ 1,772,515 787,102 2,287,660 1,592,263 695,397 772,409 55,479 38,084 865,972 107,375 20,043 198 20,241 87,134 (19,579) 106,713 $ 639,437 47,883 31,439 718,759 68,343 45,927 5,634 51,561 16,782 1,363 15,419 $ 557,100 45,421 10,409 612,930 82,467 55,362 5,253 60,615 21,852 5,984 15,868 $ $ January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 100.0 % 68.9 % 31.1 % 24.6 % 1.8 % 1.2 % 27.6 % 3.4 % 0.6 % — % 0.6 % 2.8 % (0.6)% 3.4 % 100.0 % 69.2 % 30.8 % 25.0 % 1.9 % 1.2 % 28.1 % 2.7 % 1.8 % 0.2 % 2.0 % 0.7 % 0.1 % 0.6 % 100.0 % 69.6 % 30.4 % 24.4 % 2.0 % 0.5 % 26.8 % 3.6 % 2.4 % 0.2 % 2.6 % 1.0 % 0.3 % 0.7 % 52 Table of Contents Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures Number of New Stores The number of new stores reflects the number of stores opened during a particular reporting period. New stores require an initial capital investment in the store build-outs, fixtures and equipment which we amortize over time as well as cash required for inventory and pre-opening expenses. We expect new store growth to be the primary driver of our sales growth over the long term. We lease substantially all of our store locations. Our initial lease terms on stores are typically ten years with options to renew for two or three successive five-year periods. Comparable Store Sales We use comparable store sales as an operating metric to measure performance of a store during the current reporting period against the performance of the same store in the corresponding period of the previous year. Comparable store sales are impacted by the same factors that impact sales. Comparable store sales consists of sales from our stores beginning on the first day of the fourteenth full fiscal month following the store’s opening, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. Included in our comparable store definition are those stores that have been remodeled, expanded, or relocated in their existing location or respective trade areas. Excluded from our comparable store definition are those stores that have been closed for an extended period as well as any planned store closures or dispositions. When applicable, as is the case with fiscal 2020, we exclude the sales in the non- comparable week of a 53-week year from the same store sales calculation. Opening new stores is a primary component of our growth strategy and, as we continue to execute on our growth strategy, we expect a significant portion of our sales growth will be attributable to non-comparable store sales. Accordingly, comparable store sales is only one measure we use to assess the success of our growth strategy. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We use EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In addition, we use EBITDA to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate our performance in connection with compensation decisions. Management believes it is useful to investors and analysts to evaluate these non-GAAP measures on the same basis as management uses to evaluate our operating results. We believe that excluding items from operating income, net income and net income per diluted share that may not be indicative of, or are unrelated to, our core operating results, and that may vary in frequency or magnitude, enhances the comparability of our results and provides a better baseline for analyzing trends in our business. We define EBITDA as net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization expenses. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense, purchase accounting inventory adjustments, non-cash rent, asset impairment and gain or loss on disposition, provision for accounts receivable reserves and certain other expenses. Non-GAAP adjusted net income represents net income adjusted for the previously mentioned EBITDA adjustments, further adjusted for costs related to amortization of purchase accounting assets and deferred financing costs, tax impact of option exercises and vesting of restricted stock units ("RSUs"), and tax effect of total adjustments. EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income are non-GAAP measures and may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. We address the limitations of the non-GAAP measures through the use of various GAAP measures. In the future we may incur expenses or charges such as those added back to calculate adjusted EBITDA or non-GAAP adjusted net income. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by the adjustments we have used to derive our non-GAAP measures. Beginning with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we updated our definitions of adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income to simplify our presentation and enhance comparability between periods. We no longer exclude new store pre-opening expenses from our presentation of adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income. We also updated our definition of non-GAAP adjusted net income to exclude the tax impact of options exercises and vesting of RSUs. Lastly, debt extinguishment and modification costs were reclassified to the other adjustments line item within the 53 Table of Contents presentation of both adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income. The presentation for adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income for fiscal 2019 and 2018 has been recast to reflect these changes and a reconciliation between the current and previous definitions of adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income have been provided within the “—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations” section below. The following table summarizes key operating metrics and non-GAAP components of our results of operations for the periods presented (amounts in thousands, except for percentages and store counts): Other Financial and Operations Data Number of new stores Number of stores open at end of period Comparable store sales growth EBITDA Adjusted EBITDA Non-GAAP adjusted net income _______________________ (1) (2) (2) (2) (1) January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 35 380 12.7 % 165,228 222,922 112,665 $ $ $ 34 347 5.2 % 112,852 168,333 60,291 $ $ $ 26 316 3.9 % 124,271 152,023 48,179 $ $ $ Comparable store sales consist of sales from our stores beginning on the first day of the fourteenth full fiscal month following the store’s opening, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. For fiscal 2020, which is a 53-week year, we excluded the sales in the non-comparable week from the comparable store sales calculation. (2) See “—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations” section below for a reconciliation from our net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, net income to non-GAAP adjusted net income, and GAAP to non-GAAP earnings per share for the periods presented. Beginning with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we updated our definitions of adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income to simplify our presentation and enhance comparability between periods. GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations The following tables provide a reconciliation from our GAAP net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, GAAP net income to non-GAAP adjusted net income, and our GAAP to non-GAAP earnings per share for the periods presented (amounts in thousands): Net income Interest expense, net Income tax expense (benefit) Depreciation and amortization expenses (a) EBITDA (b) (c) Share-based compensation expenses Non-cash rent Asset impairment and gain or loss on disposition Provision for (write-off of) accounts receivable reserves Other (d) (f) (e) Adjusted EBITDA, revised definition Revised definition no longer adjusts for: New store pre-opening expenses (g) Adjusted EBITDA, previous definition 54 January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 106,713 $ 20,043 (19,579) 58,051 165,228 38,084 10,673 1,727 (456) 7,666 222,922 $ 15,419 $ 45,927 1,363 50,143 112,852 31,439 10,582 1,957 2,575 8,928 168,333 $ 15,868 55,362 5,984 47,057 124,271 10,409 7,903 1,306 749 7,385 152,023 1,542 224,464 $ 1,509 169,842 $ 1,555 153,578 $ $ $ Table of Contents (c) (b) Net income Share-based compensation expenses Non-cash rent Asset impairment and gain or loss on disposition Provision for (write-off of) accounts receivable reserves Other Amortization of purchase accounting assets and deferred financing costs Tax impact of option exercises and vesting of restricted stock units Tax effect of total adjustments (d) (e) (f) (i) (j) (h) Non-GAAP adjusted net income, revised definition (k) GAAP earnings per share Basic Diluted Non-GAAP adjusted earnings per share, revised definition (k) Basic Diluted Revised definition no longer adjusts for: New store pre-opening expenses Revised definition now adjusts for: (g) Tax impact of option exercises and vesting of restricted stock units (i) Change in tax effect of total adjustments (j) Non-GAAP adjusted net income, previous definition Non-GAAP adjusted earnings per share, previous definition (k) Basic Diluted GAAP & Non-GAAP weighted average shares outstanding (k) Basic Diluted January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 106,713 $ 38,084 10,673 1,727 (456) 7,666 11,808 (44,089) (19,461) 112,665 $ 1.16 $ 1.08 $ 1.23 $ 1.14 $ 15,419 $ 31,439 10,582 1,957 2,575 8,928 11,917 (3,587) (18,939) 60,291 $ 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 0.76 $ 0.74 $ 1,542 1,509 44,089 (431) 157,865 $ 1.72 $ 1.60 $ 3,587 (424) 64,963 $ 0.82 $ 0.79 $ 91,818 98,452 79,044 81,863 15,868 10,409 7,903 1,306 749 7,385 16,744 — (12,185) 48,179 0.24 0.23 0.70 0.70 1,555 — (426) 49,308 0.72 0.72 68,473 68,546 ___________________________ (a) Includes depreciation related to our distribution centers which is included within the cost of sales line item in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. See NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the components of cost of sales. Includes non-cash share-based compensation expense and $0.4 million, $3.6 million, and $10.0 million of cash dividends paid in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively, in respect of vested options as a result of dividends declared in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016. Consists of the non-cash portion of rent expense, which represents the difference between our straight-line rent expense recognized under GAAP and cash rent payments. The adjustment can vary depending on the average age of our lease portfolio, which has been impacted by our significant growth in recent years. Represents impairment charges with respect to planned store closures and gains or losses on dispositions of assets in connection with store transitions to new IOs. Represents non-cash changes in reserves related to our IO Notes and accounts receivable. Represents other non-recurring, non-cash or non-operational items, such as transaction related costs, including costs related to employer payroll taxes associated with equity awards, secondary equity offerings, store closing costs, personnel-related costs, legal expenses, debt extinguishment and modification costs, strategic project costs, and miscellaneous costs. Includes marketing, occupancy and other expenses incurred in connection with store grand openings, including costs that will be the IO’s responsibility after store opening. Represents the amortization of debt issuance costs and incremental amortization of an asset step-up resulting from purchase price accounting related to the 2014 H&F Acquisition which included trademarks, customer lists, and below-market leases. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) 55 Table of Contents (i) (j) (k) Represents excess tax benefits related to stock option exercises and vesting of RSUs to be recorded in earnings as discrete items in the reporting period in which they occur. Represents the tax effect of the total adjustments. Because of the increased impact of discrete items on our effective tax rate including the excess tax benefits from the exercise and vesting of share-based awards, beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we changed our methodology in order to tax effect the total adjustments on a discrete basis excluding any non-recurring and unusual tax items. Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the methodology we used was to calculate the tax effect of the total adjustments using our quarterly effective tax rate. All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented reflect a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split effected on June 6, 2019. 56 Table of Contents Comparison of fiscal 2020 (53 weeks) to fiscal 2019 (52 weeks) (amounts in thousands, except percentages) Net Sales Net sales January 2, 2021 3,134,640 $ December 28, 2019 2,559,617 $ $ $ Change % Change 575,023 22.5 % Fiscal Year Ended The increase in net sales for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily attributable to an increase in comparable stores sales, non- comparable store sales growth attributable to the net 33 new stores opened during fiscal 2020, as well as $53.3 million of net sales from the 53rd week of fiscal 2020. Comparable store sales increased 12.7% for fiscal 2020 on a 52-week basis compared to fiscal 2019, primarily driven by increases in average transaction size partially offset by traffic declines, as customer shopping behaviors changed in response to COVID-19. Cost of Sales Cost of sales % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 2,161,293 December 28, 2019 1,772,515 $ $ 68.9 % 69.2 % $ Change % Change $ 388,778 21.9 % The increase in cost of sales for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily the result of new store growth, an increase in comparable store sales, and cost of sales from the 53rd week of fiscal 2020. Costs as a percentage of sales decreased due in large part to reduced product markdowns and throwaways resulting from faster inventory turnover as well as lower freight expense to stores, predominantly as a result of buying patterns since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. Gross Profit and Gross Margin Gross profit Gross margin Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change $ 973,347 $ 787,102 $ 186,245 23.7 % 31.1 % 30.8 % The increase in gross profit for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily the result of new store growth, an increase in comparable store sales, and gross profit from the 53rd week of fiscal 2020. Our gross margin increased modestly for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 due to lower cost of sales as a percentage of sales, as discussed previously. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”) SG&A % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change $ 772,409 $ 639,437 $ 132,972 20.8 % 24.6 % 25.0 % The increase in SG&A for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily driven by increased selling expenses related to higher sales volume. These increased expenses consisted primarily of variable commission payments to IOs, store occupancy and maintenance costs, incentive compensation expenditures, as well as investments in general and administrative infrastructure to support the continued growth in the business. SG&A has also increased as a result of incremental costs associated with COVID-19 such as cleaning and safety costs, costs for protective equipment and supplies, and higher personnel expense in addition to costs to comply with public company requirements and expenses associated with our secondary offerings. 57 Table of Contents As a percentage of sales, SG&A decreased slightly for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 due to the factors noted above. Depreciation and Amortization Expense Depreciation and amortization % of net sales Fiscal Year End January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change $ 55,479 $ 47,883 $ 7,596 15.9 % 1.8 % 1.9 % The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 is primarily driven by new store growth. Share-based Compensation Expense Share-based compensation % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change $ 38,084 $ 31,439 $ 6,645 21.1 % 1.2 % 1.2 % For fiscal 2020, share-based compensation expenses were primarily comprised of $26.1 million in expense related to 5.8 million performance-based stock options that vested in conjunction with the closing of the February 3, 2020 and April 27, 2020 secondary offerings as well as $6.7 million in expense related to RSUs and PSUs granted during fiscal 2020. For fiscal 2019, share-based compensation expenses were driven largely by $24.3 million in expense related to time-based options granted prior to our IPO, with the remaining difference primarily relating to payment of dividends declared in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016 for outstanding stock options that became exercisable during fiscal 2019. We did not record compensation expense for time-based stock options grants prior to our IPO in June 2019 because such time-based options were subject to a post-termination repurchase right by us until certain contingent events occurred, and such contingent events were not deemed probable prior to our IPO. When the IPO occurred and the repurchase feature lapsed, this contingent event resulted in share-based compensation expense on these options being recorded. We recognized share-based compensation expense for prior service completed as of the IPO date and began recognizing the remaining unamortized share-based compensation expense related to these outstanding time-based options over the remaining service period. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Interest Expense, net Interest expense, net % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change $ 20,043 $ 45,927 $ (25,884) (56.4)% 0.6 % 1.8 % The decrease in interest expense, net for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily driven by lower total borrowings under our First Lien Credit Agreement and the repayment in full of our Second Lien Credit Agreement in June 2019. In connection with the closing of our IPO in the second quarter of fiscal 2019, we repaid in full the $150.0 million outstanding principal amount on our second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. Additionally, we prepaid a portion of our term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement totaling $263.0 million. In July 2019, we repriced and amended our existing First Lien Credit Agreement by replacing the existing term loan with a new $475.2 million senior secured term loan credit facility, The First Replacement Term Loan, discussed below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” The First Replacement Term Loan reduced the applicable margin rates compared to the prior term loan. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the First Replacement Term Loan. See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 58 Table of Contents Debt Extinguishment and Modification Costs Debt extinguishment and modification costs % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ 198 — % 5,634 $ 0.2 % $ Change % Change (5,436) (96.5)% During fiscal 2019, we wrote-off $4.1 million of debt issuance costs and $1.4 million of unamortized loan discounts and incurred $0.2 million of debt modification costs related to the repricing and amendment of our First Lien Credit Agreement, and repaid in full our outstanding second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Income tax expense (benefit) % of net sales Effective tax rate January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change $ (19,579) $ 1,363 $ (20,942) (1,536.5)% Fiscal Year Ended (0.6)% (22.5)% 0.1 % 8.1 % During fiscal 2020, we recorded a net income tax benefit of $19.6 million compared to a net income tax expense of $1.4 million for fiscal 2019. This change was primarily the result of excess tax benefits in the current year related to the exercise of stock options and vesting of employee RSUs. Such excess tax benefits totaled $44.1 million for fiscal year 2020. See NOTE 9—Income Taxes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Net Income Net income % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change $ 106,713 $ 15,419 $ 91,294 592.1 % 3.4 % 0.6 % As a result of the foregoing factors, including the excess tax benefits described above, net income increased substantially in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. Adjusted EBITDA January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended Adjusted EBITDA $ 222,922 $ 168,333 $ 54,589 32.4 % The increase in adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily due to the increase in net sales, which was driven by an increase in comparable store sales of 12.7% for fiscal 2020 on a 52-week basis compared to fiscal 2019, net sales from the 53rd week of fiscal 2020, along with an increase in store count compared to fiscal 2019. Additionally, gross margin rate increased modestly in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 as discussed above. Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended Non-GAAP adjusted net income $ 112,665 $ 60,291 $ 52,374 86.9 % The increase in non-GAAP adjusted net income for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily driven by an increase in comparable store sales of 12.7% for fiscal 2020 on a 52-week basis compared to fiscal 2019, net sales from the 53rd week of fiscal 2020, along with an increase in store count compared to fiscal 2019. In addition, non-GAAP adjusted net income benefited from lower net interest expense for fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 as discussed above. 59 Table of Contents Comparison of fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2018 (amounts in thousands, except for percentages) Net Sales Net sales December 28, 2019 2,559,617 $ December 29, 2018 2,287,660 $ $ $ Change % Change 271,957 11.9 % Fiscal Year Ended The increase in net sales for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was due to non-comparable store sales growth attributable to the net 31 stores opened during fiscal 2019 as well as an increase in comparable store sales. Comparable store sales increased 5.2% for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, primarily driven by strong opportunistic and every day product purchasing, continued growth of our NOSH business and expansion and effectiveness of our corporate and IO-led marketing initiatives. Cost of Sales Cost of sales % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 1,772,515 $ December 29, 2018 1,592,263 $ 69.2 % 69.6 % $ Change % Change $ 180,252 11.3 % The increase in cost of sales for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily the result of new store growth and an increase in comparable store sales. Costs as a percentage of sales decreased slightly due to strong purchasing and inventory management. Gross Profit and Gross Margin Gross profit Gross margin Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 787,102 $ 695,397 $ 91,705 13.2 % 30.8 % 30.4 % The increase in gross profit for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily the result of new store growth and an increase in comparable store sales. Our gross margin increased modestly for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 due to strong purchasing and inventory management. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses SG&A % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 639,437 $ 557,100 $ 82,337 14.8 % 25.0 % 24.4 % The increase in SG&A for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily driven by increased selling expenses related to new store growth and higher sales volume. These increased expenses consisted primarily of commissions paid to IOs, store occupancy and shared maintenance costs, as well as investments in general and administrative infrastructure to 60 Table of Contents support the continued growth in the business. SG&A was also impacted by the adoption of ASC 842, Leases, which moved approximately $3.2 million of below-market lease amortization expense into non-cash rent. As a percentage of sales, SG&A increased modestly for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 partially as a result of approximately $4.5 million in additional costs incurred to comply with public company requirements including incremental insurance, accounting, and legal expense as well as costs required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Depreciation and Amortization Expense Depreciation and amortization % of net sales Fiscal Year End December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 47,883 $ 45,421 $ 2,462 5.4 % 1.9 % 2.0 % The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 is primarily driven by new store growth and other capital investments, partially offset by the adoption of ASC 842, Leases, which moved approximately $3.2 million of below-market lease amortization expense into SG&A expenses. Share-based Compensation Expense Share-based compensation % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 31,439 $ 10,409 $ 21,030 202.0 % 1.2 % 0.5 % The increase in share-based compensation expense for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily driven by $24.3 million for share-based compensation expense related to time-based stock options granted prior to our IPO and $3.0 million for share-based compensation expense related to time- based stock options and RSUs granted as part of and subsequent to our IPO, with the remaining difference primarily relating to payment of dividends declared in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016 for outstanding stock options that became exercisable during fiscal 2019. We did not record compensation expense for time-based stock options grants prior to our IPO in June 2019 because such time-based options were subject to a post-termination repurchase right by us until certain contingent events occurred, and such contingent events were not deemed probable prior to our IPO. When the IPO occurred and the repurchase feature lapsed, this contingent event resulted in share-based compensation expense on these options being recorded. We recognized share-based compensation expense for prior service completed as of the IPO date and began recognizing the remaining unamortized share-based compensation expense related to these outstanding time-based options over the remaining service period. Prior to our IPO, share-based compensation expense was primarily related to the equity awards granted to our board of directors and dividends paid in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016. Interest Expense, net Interest expense, net % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 45,927 $ 55,362 $ (9,435) (17.0)% 1.8 % 2.4 % The decrease in interest expense, net for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily driven by lower total borrowings under our First Lien Credit Agreement and the repayment in full of our Second Lien Credit Agreement. In connection with the closing of our IPO in the second quarter of fiscal 2019, we repaid in full the $150.0 million outstanding principal amount on our second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. Additionally, we prepaid a portion of our term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement totaling $263.0 million. 61 Table of Contents In July 2019, we repriced and amended our existing First Lien Credit Agreement by replacing the existing term loan with a new $475.2 million senior secured term loan credit facility, The First Replacement Term Loan. The First Replacement Term Loan reduced the applicable margin rates compared to the prior term loan. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the First Replacement Term Loan. Debt Extinguishment and Modification Costs Debt extinguishment and modification costs % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 5,634 0.2 % 5,253 $ 0.2 % $ Change 381 % Change 7.3% During fiscal 2019, we wrote-off $4.1 million of debt issuance costs and incurred $0.2 million of debt modification costs related to the repricing and amendment of our First Lien Credit Agreement, and repaid in full our outstanding second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. During fiscal 2018, we wrote-off $3.5 million of debt issuance costs and incurred $1.8 million of debt modification costs related to the 2018 recapitalization and related repayment in full of our prior first lien credit agreement. Income Tax Expense Income tax expense % of net sales Effective tax rate December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 1,363 $ 5,984 $ (4,621) (77.2)% Fiscal Year Ended 0.1 % 8.1 % 0.3 % 27.4 % The decrease in income tax expense in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily the result of lower income before taxes, which was mainly due to the share-based compensation expense of $31.4 million we recognized in connection with the IPO as discussed previously. As a result, our effective tax rate decreased to 8.1% for fiscal 2019 from 27.4% for fiscal 2018 primarily due to excess tax benefits from the exercise and vesting of share-based awards. Net Income Net income % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 15,419 $ 0.6 % 15,868 $ 0.7 % $ Change % Change (449) (2.8)% As a result of the foregoing, net income decreased modestly in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Adjusted EBITDA Adjusted EBITDA $ 168,333 $ 152,023 $ 16,310 10.7 % The increase in adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily due to the aforementioned sales growth and gross margin expansion, partially offset by increased SG&A expenses including the impact of approximately $4.5 million in additional costs incurred to comply with public company requirements. December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended 62 Table of Contents Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income Non-GAAP adjusted net income $ 60,291 $ 48,179 $ 12,112 25.1 % The increase in non-GAAP adjusted net income for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily due to our increase in sales, which was primarily driven by the increase in store count for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 and comparable sales of 5.2% and 3.9%, respectively. Additionally, our interest expense decreased for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 as discussed previously. December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended 63 Table of Contents Liquidity and Capital Resources Sources of Liquidity As of January 2, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $105.3 million, which consisted primarily of cash held in checking and money market accounts with financial institutions. Our liquidity requirements arise primarily from our working capital needs, capital expenditures and debt service requirements. Historically, we have funded our working capital and capital expenditures requirements with internally generated cash on hand, and most recently through our initial public offering of our common stock in June 2019 as described further below. Our current primary sources of liquidity are net cash provided by operating activities and borrowings and availability under our First Lien Credit Agreement. In addition, we also have a $100.0 million revolving credit facility available under our First Lien Credit Agreement. As of January 2, 2021, we had $3.5 million of outstanding standby letters of credit and $96.5 million of remaining borrowing capacity available under this revolving credit facility. Public Offerings On June 24, 2019, we completed our IPO in which we sold 19,765,625 shares of our common stock, including 2,578,125 shares from the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $407.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million and offering costs of $7.2 million. On October 8, 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million which are included in SG&A expenses for fiscal 2019. We received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On February 3, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed another secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million which were included in SG&A expenses in fiscal 2020. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On April 27, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed a third secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred related offering costs of $1.0 million which we recognized in SG&A during the second quarter of fiscal 2020. We received $1.6 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 269,000 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. The terms of our First Lien Credit Agreement permit voluntarily prepayment without premium or penalty. In connection with the closing of our IPO on June 24, 2019, we used the net proceeds from the offering to repay in full the outstanding $150.0 million in principal on the term loan under our second lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2019 (as amended, the "Second Lien Credit Agreement"), as well as accrued and unpaid interest as of that date of $3.6 million, and terminated the Second Lien Credit Agreement. In addition, using the remainder of the net proceeds, together with excess cash on hand, we prepaid a portion of the term loan outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement totaling $248.0 million plus accrued interest of $3.8 million. We elected to apply the prepayment against the remaining principal installments in the direct order of maturity. No further principal payment on this term loan will be due until its maturity in October 2025. First Lien Credit Agreement First Incremental Agreement — On July 23, 2019, we entered into an incremental agreement (the “First Incremental Agreement”) to amend the First Lien Credit Agreement. The First Incremental Agreement refinanced the term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement with a replacement $475.2 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “First Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 3.50% or 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and 2.50% or 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case depending on the public corporate family rating of GOBP Holdings. The First Replacement Term Loan was to mature on October 22, 2025, which was the same maturity date as the prior term loan under our First Lien Credit Agreement. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid $15.0 million of principal on the First Replacement Term Loan. 64 Table of Contents Second Incremental Agreement — On January 24, 2020, we entered into a second incremental agreement (the “Second Incremental Agreement”) to further amend the First Lien Credit Agreement. The Second Incremental Agreement refinanced the First Replacement Term Loan with a replacement $460.0 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “Second Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.75% for base rate loans, and made certain other corresponding technical changes and updates to the previously amended First Lien Credit Agreement. The interest rate on the Second Replacement Term Loan was 2.90% as of January 2, 2021. The Second Replacement Term Loan matures on October 22, 2025, which is the same maturity date as the prior term loans under the original First Lien Credit Agreement and First Incremental Agreement. Other than as described above, the Second Replacement Term Loan has the same terms as provided under the original First Lien Credit Agreement and the First Incremental Agreement. Additionally, the parties to the Second Incremental Agreement continue to have the same obligations set forth in the original First Lien Credit Agreement and the First Incremental Agreement (collectively, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”). Revolving Credit Facility — On March 19, 2020, we borrowed $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility of our First Line Credit Agreement (the "Revolving Credit Facility Loan"), the proceeds of which were to be used as reserve funding for working capital needs as a precautionary measure in light of the economic uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic. On May 26, 2020, we repaid the Revolving Credit Facility Loan in full. As of January 2, 2021, we had $96.5 million of borrowing capacity available under the revolving credit facility. Liquidity Requirements As of January 2, 2021, we expect to pay an additional $0.4 million related to dividends declared in our recapitalizations in 2018 and 2016 for stock options that will vest during fiscal 2021 and beyond, of which $0.2 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million is expected to be paid in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2022 and fiscal 2023 respectively. Pursuant to The Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Plan, if we are unable to make those payments, we may instead elect to reduce the per share exercise price of each such option by an amount equal to the dividend amount in lieu of making the applicable dividend payment. Our primary working capital requirements are for the purchase of inventory, payroll, rent, issuance of IO notes, other store facilities costs, distribution costs and general and administrative costs. Our working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, driven primarily by the timing of inventory fluctuations, new store openings and capital spending. Our capital expenditures are primarily related to new store openings, ongoing store maintenance and improvements, expenditures related to our distribution centers and infrastructure-related investments, including investments related to upgrading and maintaining our information technology systems and corporate offices. We expect to fund capital expenditures through cash generated from our operations. Based on our new store growth plans, we believe our existing cash and cash equivalents position, cash generated from our operations, and borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to finance our working capital requirements, planned capital expenditures and debt service over the next 12 months. If cash generated from our operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility are not sufficient or available to meet our liquidity requirements, then we will be required to obtain additional equity or debt financing in the future. There can be no assurance equity or debt financing will be available to us when we need it or, if available, the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to our then-current stockholders. Additionally, we may seek to take advantage of market opportunities to refinance our existing debt instruments with new debt instruments at interest rates, maturities and terms we deem attractive. We may also, from time to time, in our sole discretion, purchase or retire all or a portion of our existing debt instruments through privately negotiated or open market transactions. 65 Table of Contents Debt Covenant The First Lien Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations and exceptions, and affirmative and customary covenants. The First Lien Credit Agreement has the ability to restrict us from entering into certain types of transactions and making certain types of payments including dividends and stock repurchases and other similar distributions, with certain exceptions. Additionally, the revolving credit facility under our First Lien Credit Agreement is subject to a first lien secured leverage ratio of 7:00 to 1:00, tested quarterly if, and only if, the aggregate principal amount from the revolving facility, letters of credit (to the extent not cash collateralized or backstopped or, in the aggregate, not in excess of the greater of $10.0 million and the stated face amount of letters of credit outstanding on the closing date) and swingline loans outstanding and/or issued, as applicable, exceeds 35% of the total amount of the revolving credit facility commitments. As of January 2, 2021, we were not subject to the first lien secured leverage ratio testing requirement. Additionally, we were in compliance with all applicable covenant requirements as of January 2, 2021 for our First Lien Credit Agreement. Cash Flows The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands): Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Net increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash Provided by Operating Activities January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ 181,237 $ (133,786) 29,774 77,225 $ 132,835 $ (108,019) (17,778) 7,038 $ 105,811 (73,550) (16,999) 15,262 Net cash provided by operating activities was $181.2 million, $132.8 million, and $105.8 million for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018, respectively. The improvements in net cash provided by operating activities for each fiscal year presented compared to prior fiscal years was primarily the result of increased net sales driven by new store growth and comparable store sales growth, partially offset by increased cost of sales and operating expenses, particularly commissions paid to IOs. Cash Used in Investing Activities Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018 was primarily for capital expenditures and cash advances to IOs. Net cash used in investing activities was $133.8 million for fiscal 2020 compared to $108.0 million for fiscal 2019. The $25.8 million increase was primarily related to an increase in the number of stores opened and under construction in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. Of the $133.8 million net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2020, $124.9 million represented purchases of property and equipment prior to the application of tenant improvement allowances. Net cash used in investing activities was $108.0 million for fiscal 2019 compared to $73.6 million for fiscal 2018. The $34.5 million increase was primarily related to capital expenditures for 34 new store openings and one relocation in fiscal 2019 compared to 26 new store openings in fiscal 2018. We expect capital expenditures of approximately $130.0 million, net of tenant improvement allowances, in fiscal year 2021. 66 Table of Contents Cash Used in Financing Activities Net cash provided by financing activities was $29.8 million for fiscal 2020 compared to $17.8 million net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2019. The net cash provided by financing activities of $29.8 million for fiscal 2020 was primarily due to proceeds received from the exercise of share- based awards slightly offset by principal payments on debt. As discussed below, the net cash used in financing activities of $17.8 million for fiscal 2019 was primarily due to principal payments on debt and offering cost payments related to our IPO, partially offset by net proceeds from the IPO. Net cash used in financing activities was $17.8 million for fiscal 2019 compared to $17.0 million for fiscal 2018. The $0.8 million increase was primarily due to debt and interest repayments and offering cost payments related to our IPO. In June 2019, using the net proceeds from our IPO and excess cash on hand, we repaid in full the $150.0 million outstanding second lien term loan plus $3.6 million of accrued interest, and prepaid a portion of our outstanding term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement totaling $248.0 million plus $3.8 million of accrued interest. Additionally, on October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on our outstanding term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement. These debt and interest payments were partially offset by proceeds of $407.7 million from our IPO, net of $27.1 million of underwriting discounts and commissions paid. We also incurred offering costs of $7.2 million related to our IPO. 67 Table of Contents Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements As of January 2, 2021, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K. Contractual Obligations We enter into long-term contractual obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily operating leases. The contractual commitment amounts in the table below are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the below table. Our contractual obligations and other commitments as of January 2, 2021 were as follows (in thousands): (1) Lease obligations Principal payments of long-term debt Interest on long-term debt (3) Purchase commitments (2) Total Total 1,388,723 $ 460,000 64,802 18,755 1,932,280 $ $ $ Less than 1 Year 1-2 Years 3-5 Years 113,528 $ — 13,456 10,360 137,344 $ 229,257 $ — 26,911 8,395 264,563 $ 225,839 $ 460,000 24,435 — 710,274 $ More than 5 Years 820,099 — — — 820,099 ______________________ (1) (2) Represents the maturities of lease liabilities of our operating and finance leases as disclosed in NOTE 4—Leases to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Represents the expected cash payments for interest on our long-term debt based on the amounts outstanding as of the end of each period and the interest rates applicable on such debt as of January 2, 2021. Consists of purchase commitments under non-cancelable service and supply contracts. (3) 68 Table of Contents Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). A summary of our significant accounting policies can be found in NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. These judgments and estimates are based on historical experience and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management evaluated the development and selection of our critical accounting policies and estimates and believes that the following involves a higher degree of judgment or complexity and is most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and is therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policy reflects a significant estimate and judgment used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected results can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. Long-lived asset impairment We evaluate long-lived assets, including property and equipment and lease right-of-use assets, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. For purposes of this evaluation, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. Our retail stores are evaluated for impairment at the store level. A long-lived asset or asset group may be impaired if its carrying value exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows over its remaining useful life. Our estimate of future cash flows requires us to make assumptions and apply judgment, including forecasting future net sales and gross margin and estimating the useful lives of the assets. If a long-lived asset or asset group is determined to be impaired, we record an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair value. The estimated fair value of the asset or asset group is based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group using a discount rate commensurate with the related risk. Recent Accounting Pronouncements Refer to NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 69 Table of Contents ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Interest Rate Risk Our operating results are subject to market risk from interest rate fluctuations on our credit facilities, which bear variable interest rates. As of January 2, 2021, our outstanding credit facilities included a $460.0 million term loan (the Second Replacement Term Loan). As of January 2, 2021, the interest rate on the Second Replacement Term Loan was 2.90% (See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information). Based on the outstanding balance and interest rate of our Second Replacement Term Loan as of January 2, 2021, a hypothetical 10% relative increase or decrease in the effective interest rate would cause an increase or decrease in interest expense of approximately $1.3 million over the next 12 months. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, but this does not preclude our adoption of specific hedging strategies in the future. Impact of Inflation Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our historical results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot be assured that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future. 70 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 71 Page 72 74 75 76 77 78 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the related notes and Schedule I listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 2, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Long-Lived Store Asset Impairment – Refer to Notes 1 and 3 to the financial statements Critical Audit Matter Description The Company performs an analysis of the carrying value of all long-lived store assets for impairment at an individual store level whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of individual store assets may not be recoverable. The Company’s impairment analysis determines whether projected undiscounted future cash flows from operations are sufficient to recover the carrying value of these store assets. Impairment may result when the carrying value of these store assets exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining useful life. The total amount of property and equipment, including store assets, and operating lease right-of-use assets as of January 2, 2021 are $433.7 million and $835.4 million, respectively. The Company’s impairment analysis consists of (1) identifying stores with 72 Table of Contents indicators of impairment, (2) testing the identified store assets for recoverability and (3) measuring the impairment loss, if any. During the year ended January 2, 2021 the Company recorded no impairment of long-lived assets. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the impairment of store-level long-lived assets is a critical audit matter relates to the significant judgment by management in developing the estimated future discounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating the discounted cash flows, including the significant assumptions for sales growth rate and gross margin. How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit Our audit procedures related to management’s judgments regarding the forecasts of future cash flows included the following, among others: • We tested the operating effectiveness of controls over management’s long-lived store asset impairment evaluation, including those over future sales growth and gross margin projections • We evaluated management’s ability to accurately forecast future sales growth and gross margin by comparing actual results to management’s historical forecasts • We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s sales growth and gross margin forecasts by comparing the forecasts to: ◦ ◦ ◦ Current and past sales and gross margins of the overall Company and individual store level asset groups Consistency with external market and industry data Internal communications to management and the Board of Directors • We tested the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used in the valuations /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP San Francisco, California March 2, 2021 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007. 73 Table of Contents Assets Current assets: GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) Cash and cash equivalents Independent operator receivables and current portion of independent operator notes, net of allowance $985 and $1,283 Other accounts receivable, net of allowance $39 and $19 Merchandise inventories Prepaid expenses and other current assets Total current assets Independent operator notes, net of allowance $7,124 and $9,088 Property and equipment, net Operating lease right-of-use assets Intangible assets, net Goodwill Deferred income tax assets, net Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Trade accounts payable Accrued expenses Accrued compensation Current portion of long-term debt Current lease liabilities Income and other taxes payable Total current liabilities Long-term debt, net Deferred income tax liabilities, net Long-term lease liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies (NOTE 11) Stockholders’ equity: Voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 94,854,336 and 89,005,062 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Series A Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 74 January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ 105,326 $ 28,101 5,443 5,950 245,157 20,081 381,957 27,440 433,652 835,397 48,226 747,943 3,529 7,480 2,485,624 $ 114,278 $ 35,699 26,447 — 48,675 7,547 232,646 449,233 — 881,438 1,563,317 7,003 2,849 219,420 13,453 270,826 20,331 356,614 734,327 47,792 747,943 — 7,696 2,185,529 119,217 31,363 14,915 246 38,245 4,641 208,627 447,743 16,020 767,755 1,440,145 95 89 — 787,047 135,165 922,307 2,485,624 $ — 717,282 28,013 745,384 2,185,529 $ $ $ Table of Contents GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands, except per share data) Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expenses: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification costs Total other expenses Income before income taxes Income tax expense (benefit) Net income and comprehensive income Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic Diluted $ $ $ $ January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 3,134,640 $ 2,161,293 973,347 2,559,617 $ 1,772,515 787,102 772,409 55,479 38,084 865,972 107,375 20,043 198 20,241 87,134 (19,579) 106,713 $ 1.16 $ 1.08 $ 91,818 98,452 639,437 47,883 31,439 718,759 68,343 45,927 5,634 51,561 16,782 1,363 15,419 $ 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 79,044 81,863 2,287,660 1,592,263 695,397 557,100 45,421 10,409 612,930 82,467 55,362 5,253 60,615 21,852 5,984 15,868 0.24 0.23 68,473 68,546 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 75 Table of Contents Balance at December 30, 2017 Cumulative effect of accounting change Issuance of shares Repurchase of shares Share-based compensation expense Dividends paid Net income and comprehensive income GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (in thousands, except share amounts) Voting Common Nonvoting Common Preferred Shares 67,381,104 $ Amount 67 Shares 1,038,413 $ Amount 1 Shares Amount 1 $ — $ Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Stockholders’ Equity 427,133 23,776 $ 54,184 — 2,946 (2,946) — — 403,289 $ 29 (34) 10,409 (126,236) Balance at December 29, 2018 67,435,288 $ 67 1,038,413 $ 1 1 $ — $ 287,457 $ Cumulative effect of accounting change Issuance of common shares upon initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts Other direct initial public offering costs Conversion of nonvoting to voting common shares Redemption of preferred shares Exercise and vest of share-based awards Tax paid on behalf of employees related to net settlement of share- based awards Share-based compensation expense Dividends paid Net income and comprehensive income 19,765,625 20 1,068,413 1 (1,068,413) (1) (1) — 735,736 1 30,000 407,646 (7,245) 4,443 (2,813) 31,439 (3,645) Balance at December 28, 2019 89,005,062 $ 89 — $ — — $ — $ 717,282 $ Cumulative effect of accounting change Exercise and vest of share-based awards Tax paid on behalf of employees related to net settlement of share- based awards Share-based compensation expense Dividends paid Net income and comprehensive income 5,849,274 6 32,598 (483) 38,084 (434) Balance at January 2, 2021 94,854,336 $ 95 — $ — — $ — $ 787,047 $ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 76 133 (27,351) 133 29 (34) 10,409 (153,587) 15,868 12,426 $ 15,868 299,951 168 168 407,666 (7,245) — — 4,444 (2,813) 31,439 (3,645) 15,419 28,013 $ 15,419 745,384 439 439 32,604 (483) 38,084 (434) 106,713 135,165 $ 106,713 922,307 Table of Contents GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation of property and equipment Amortization of intangible and other assets Amortization of debt issuance costs and bond discounts Debt extinguishment and modification costs Share-based compensation Provision for accounts receivable Deferred income taxes Other Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Independent operator and other accounts receivable Merchandise inventories Prepaid expenses and other current assets Income and other taxes payable Trade accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses Deferred rent Proceeds from insurance recoveries Changes in operating lease assets and liabilities, net Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Advances to independent operators Repayments of advances from independent operators Purchases of property and equipment Proceeds from sales of assets Intangible assets and licenses Proceeds from insurance recoveries Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts paid Proceeds from exercise of share-based compensation awards Proceeds from term loans Proceeds from revolving credit facility loan Principal payments on revolving credit facility loan Payments made for net settlement of employee share-based awards Other direct costs paid related to the initial public offering Principal payments on term loans Principal payments on other borrowings Dividends paid Debt issuance costs paid Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Net increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents at end of period Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid for interest Income taxes paid (refunded) in cash Property and equipment accrued at end of period January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 106,713 $ 15,419 $ 15,868 50,749 7,302 2,452 198 38,084 (456) (19,578) 1,954 (4,943) (25,737) (6,628) 2,906 4,778 — 479 22,964 181,237 (10,372) 6,793 (124,920) 269 (5,861) 305 (133,786) — 32,604 — 90,000 (90,000) (483) — (188) (1,024) (434) (701) 29,774 77,225 28,101 105,326 $ 20,311 $ 5,186 $ 15,604 $ 42,906 7,237 2,542 5,634 31,439 2,575 872 1,955 (3,649) (21,115) 498 1,191 22,599 — — 22,732 132,835 (12,811) 4,473 (97,194) 586 (3,073) — (108,019) 407,666 4,444 — — — (2,813) (7,062) (414,813) (865) (3,645) (690) (17,778) 7,038 21,063 28,101 $ 49,372 $ (65) $ 10,498 $ 37,052 10,005 4,108 5,253 10,409 749 5,831 1,306 (642) (15,292) (1,543) 159 16,315 16,233 — — 105,811 (10,456) 3,749 (64,762) 1,092 (3,173) — (73,550) — 29 871,688 — — (34) — (725,010) (94) (153,587) (9,991) (16,999) 15,262 5,801 21,063 47,305 289 7,851 $ $ $ $ See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 77 Table of Contents GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of Business — Based in Emeryville, California, and incorporated in Delaware in 2014, Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (together with its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively, “Grocery Outlet,” “we,” or the “Company”) is a high-growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. As of January 2, 2021, we had 380 stores throughout California, Washington, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Idaho and Nevada. Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Parent Company”) owns 100% of Globe Intermediate Corp. (“Intermediate”), which owns 100% of GOBP Holdings, Inc. (“GOBP Holdings”), which owns 100% of GOBP Midco, Inc. (“Midco”), which owns 100% of Grocery Outlet Inc. (“GOI”). Initial Public Offering — In June 2019, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 19,765,625 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share for net proceeds of $407.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million. We also incurred offering costs payable by us of $7.2 million. The shares of common stock sold in the IPO and the net proceeds from the IPO included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) became effective in connection with the completion of the IPO on June 24, 2019. The Charter, among other things, provided that all of our outstanding shares of nonvoting common stock were automatically converted into shares of voting common stock on a one-for-one basis and that our authorized capital stock consisted of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Our bylaws were also amended and restated as of June 24, 2019. Additionally, upon the closing of the IPO, we redeemed all of our outstanding preferred stock for an aggregate of $1.00. On June 24, 2019, we used the net proceeds from the IPO to repay $150.0 million in principal on the outstanding term loan under our second lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018 (as amended, the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”), as well as accrued and unpaid interest as of that date of $3.6 million, and terminated the Second Lien Credit Agreement. In addition, using the remainder of net proceeds, together with excess cash on hand, we prepaid a portion of our outstanding senior secured term loan under our First Lien Credit Agreement (as defined below) totaling $248.0 million plus accrued interest of $3.8 million. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the senior secured term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement. Secondary Public Offerings — On October 8, 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs of $1.1 million, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A“) for fiscal 2019, and received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On February 3, 2020, certain selling stockholders completed an additional secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs of $1.1 million, which were recognized in SG&A expenses during fiscal 2020. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On April 27, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed another secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred related offering costs of $1.0 million which we recognized in SG&A expenses during fiscal 2020. We received $1.6 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 269,000 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On May 28, 2020, the stockholder affiliated with our former private equity sponsor, Hellman and Friedman LLC (the "H&F Investor"), distributed the remainder of its holdings representing 9.6 million shares of our common stock to its equity holders. We did not receive any proceeds or incur any material costs related to this distribution. Forward Stock Split — All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented reflect a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split effected on June 6, 2019. Fiscal Year — We operate on a fiscal year that ends on the Saturday closest to December 31st each year. The fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 contained 53 weeks while each of the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 contained 52 weeks. 78 Table of Contents Basis of Presentation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions were eliminated. In the opinion of management, these consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. Use of Estimates — The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can differ from these estimates depending upon certain risks and uncertainties. Changes in these estimates are recorded when known. Segment Reporting — We manage our business as one operating segment. All of our sales were made to customers located in the United States and all property and equipment is located in the United States. Cash and Cash Equivalents — We consider all highly liquid investments, purchased with original maturities of three months or less, to be cash equivalents. All cash equivalents are unrestricted and available for immediate use. Allowance for Independent Operator (“IO”) Receivables and Notes and Other Accounts Receivable — We maintain allowances and accruals for estimated losses of amounts advanced to IOs and other third parties determined to be uncollectible. See NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables, for additional information. Concentrations of Credit Risk — Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts and notes receivable. Although we deposit our cash with creditworthy financial institutions, our deposits typically exceed federally insured limits. To date, we have not experienced any losses on our cash deposits. No single customer or store represented more than 10% of net sales for the years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. No single customer or IO represented more than 10% of accounts receivable or notes receivable as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. Merchandise Inventories — Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined by the weighted- average cost method for warehouse inventories and the retail inventory method for store inventories. We provide for estimated inventory losses between physical inventory counts based on historical averages. This provision is adjusted periodically to reflect the actual shrink results of the physical inventory counts. Property and Equipment — Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and includes expenditures for significant improvements to leased premises. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from three to 15 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is calculated based on the shorter of their estimated useful life or the remaining terms of the lease. Remaining lease terms currently range from one to 19 years. We evaluate events and changes in circumstances that could indicate carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, we assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether or not the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted future cash flows derived from their use and eventual disposition. For purposes of this assessment, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities, primarily at an individual store level. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, we record an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. The estimated fair value of the asset or asset group is based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group using a discount rate commensurate with the related risk. There were no adjustments to the carrying value of long-lived assets due to impairment charges during fiscal 2020. We recorded impairment charges of $0.5 million and $0.6 million during fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. See NOTE 3—Property and Equipment, for additional information. 79 Table of Contents Leases — We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, current lease liabilities, and long-term lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases are included in other assets, current lease liabilities, and long- term lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Right-of-use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease over the same term. Right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term, reduced by landlord incentives. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate, which is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments based on the information available at the commencement date to determine the present value of our lease payments. Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets, interest expense on finance lease liabilities and operating and financing cash flows for finance leases are immaterial. We have lease agreements with retail facilities for store locations, distribution centers, office space and equipment with lease and non-lease components, which are accounted for separately. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The short-term lease expense is reflective of the short-term lease commitments on a go-forward basis. We sublease certain real estate to unrelated third parties under non-cancelable leases and the sublease portfolio consists of operating leases for retail stores. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — We have both goodwill and intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an annual impairment evaluation which is performed during our fourth quarter or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the value of goodwill may be impaired. Our impairment evaluation of goodwill consists of an initial qualitative assessment of our reporting unit to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, a quantitative evaluation, based on discounted cash flows, is performed which requires us to estimate future cash flows, growth rates and economic and market conditions. If the quantitative evaluation indicates that goodwill is not recoverable, an impairment loss is calculated and recognized during that period. Measurement of such an impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying amount over fair value. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018. Intangible assets include trademarks, computer software, and liquor licenses. Trademarks represent the value of all our trademarks and trade names in the marketplace. We are amortizing the value assigned to the trade names on a straight-line basis over 15 years. Computer software includes both acquired software and eligible costs to develop internal-use software that are incurred during the application development stage. These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives of 3 years. Liquor license assets have been classified as indefinite-lived intangible assets and accordingly, are not subject to amortization. We review our intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the intangible assets are not recoverable, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. There were no impairments of intangible assets recognized during the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. Fair Value Measurements — Fair value is defined as the exchange price, or exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The fair value of financial instruments is categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is measured using inputs from the three levels of the fair value hierarchy, which are described as follows: Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable Level 3 — Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requires us to develop our own assumptions when pricing the financial instruments, such as cash flow modeling assumptions. 80 Table of Contents The assets’ or liabilities’ fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value framework requires that we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 2, 2021 or December 28, 2019. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges. See NOTE 3—Property and Equipment and NOTE 5—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for additional information. There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between levels within the fair value hierarchy as of January 2, 2021 or December 28, 2019. Our financial assets and liabilities are carried at cost, which generally approximates their fair value, as described below: Cash and cash equivalents, IO receivables, other accounts receivable and accounts payable — The carrying value of such financial instruments approximates their fair value due to factors such as their short-term nature or their variable interest rates. IO notes receivable (net) — The carrying value of such financial instruments approximates their fair value. Notes payable and term loans — The carrying value of such financial instruments approximates their fair value since the stated interest rates approximates market rates for loans with similar terms for borrowers with similar credit profiles. However, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 825, Financial Instruments, the fair values of our term loans as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019 are set forth below. The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our significant financial liabilities that are not recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets (amounts in thousands): Financial Liabilities: Term loans (Level 2) January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 Carrying Amount (1) Estimated Fair Value (2) Carrying Amount (1) Estimated Fair Value (2) $ 458,757 $ 460,000 $ 458,682 $ 466,515 _______________________ (1) (2) The carrying amounts as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019 are net of unamortized debt discounts of $1.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The estimated fair value of our term loans was determined based on the average quoted bid-ask prices for the term loans in an over-the-counter market on the last trading day of fiscal 2020 and 2019. Revenue Recognition Net Sales — We recognize revenue from the sale of products at the point of sale, net of any taxes or deposits collected and remitted to governmental authorities. Our performance obligations are satisfied upon the transfer of goods to the customer, at the point of sale, and payment from customers is also due at the time of sale. Discounts provided to customers by us are recognized at the time of sale as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts provided by IOs are not recognized as a reduction in sales as these are provided solely by the IO who bears the incremental costs arising from the discount. We do not accept manufacturer coupons. We do not have any material contract assets or receivables from contracts with customers, any revenue recognized in the current year from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods, any performance obligations, or any material costs to obtain or fulfill a contract as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. Gift Cards — We record a deferred revenue liability when a Grocery Outlet gift card is sold. Revenue related to gift cards is recognized as the gift cards are redeemed, which is when we have satisfied our performance obligation. While gift cards are generally redeemed within 12 months, some are never fully redeemed. We reduce the liability and recognize revenue for the unused portion of the gift cards (“breakage”) under the proportional method, where recognition of breakage income is based upon the historical run-off rate of unredeemed gift cards. Our gift card deferred revenue liability was $3.2 million as of January 2, 2021 and $2.0 million as of December 28, 2019. Breakage amounts were $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021, and less than $0.1 million for each of the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. 81 Table of Contents Disaggregated Revenues — The following table presents sales revenue by type of product for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018 (amounts in thousands): (1) Perishable Non-perishable (2) Total sales (3) January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ 1,054,506 $ 2,080,134 3,134,640 $ 868,109 $ 1,691,508 2,559,617 $ 768,373 1,519,287 2,287,660 _______________________ (1) (2) (3) Perishable departments include dairy and deli; produce and floral; and fresh meat and seafood. Non-perishable departments include grocery; general merchandise; health and beauty care; frozen foods; and beer and wine. The fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 contained 53 weeks while each of the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 contained 52 weeks. Cost of Sales — Cost of sales includes, among other things, merchandise costs, inventory markdowns, shrink and transportation, distribution and warehousing costs, including depreciation. Marketing and Advertising Expenses — Costs for store promotions, newspaper, television, radio and other media advertising are expensed at the time the promotion or advertising takes place. Advertising costs are included in SG&A in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and amounted to approximately $25.9 million, $26.2 million and $21.2 million, respectively, in the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. Share-based Awards — We estimate the fair value of time-based stock option awards subject to only a service condition on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of certain input assumptions. Because we completed our IPO during fiscal 2019, we have limited historical exercise data from which to derive such input assumptions, including an option's expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. Consequently, we determine the expected term using an accepted, simplified formula which derives an expected term by taking the sum of the contractual term and adding the length of the vesting period and dividing by two. We estimate stock price volatility for our common stock by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in our industry which are of similar size, complexity and stage of development. The risk- free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the date of grant. We estimate the fair value of performance-based stock option awards subject to both a market condition and a performance condition on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation approach implemented in a risk-neutral framework. We estimate the fair value of restricted stock units ("RSUs") and performance-based restricted stock units ("PSUs") based upon the closing price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on the date of grant. We recognize compensation expense for share-based payment awards with only a service condition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the award’s vesting period. Vesting of these awards would be accelerated for certain employees in the event of a change in control. Compensation expense for share-based payment awards subject to vesting based upon the achievement of a performance condition is recognized on a graded-vesting basis at the time the achievement of the performance condition becomes probable. We recognize share-based award forfeitures as they occur rather than estimating by applying a forfeiture rate. While we recognize share-based compensation expense over the performance period and/or requisite service period based on the fair market value of the award as of the grant date, we will not know the actual amount of tax benefit an award will generate until such award is exercised (or vested for RSUs or PSUs)). Until such award is exercised (or vested for RSUs or PSUs) we assume that the amount ultimately recognized for tax purposes is the same amount we are currently recognizing in our operating results, that is for “book” purposes. Consequently, our deferred tax asset related to share-based compensation expense, which totaled $8.9 million as of January 2, 2021, is based on each qualifying award’s grant date fair value rather than the award’s to-be-determined exercise date intrinsic value (or vesting date fair value). For awards exercised (or vested for RSUs) during our fiscal year ended January 2, 2021, the difference between the grant date fair value and the exercise or vest date intrinsic value totaled $165.8 million. If the share price for our common stock were to depreciate for a sustained period of time, we could be required to recognize a tax benefit shortfall. Such shortfalls could have a material effect on our cash flows and financial results. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards and NOTE 9—Income Taxes, for additional information. 82 Table of Contents Income Taxes — Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered, other than changes in the tax law. A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce net deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. We have not recorded any valuation allowances against our deferred income tax balances for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. Significant items comprising our future tax benefits and liabilities (deferred tax assets and liabilities) include net operating losses, depreciation and amortization, goodwill, intangible assets, lease liability obligations and right-of-use assets. We recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, on the basis of a two-step process in which (i) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet the more likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Variable Interest Entities — In accordance with the variable interest entities sub-section of ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, we assess at each reporting period whether we, or any consolidated entity, are considered the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and therefore required to consolidate the financial results of the VIE in our consolidated financial statements. Determining whether to consolidate a VIE may require judgment in assessing (i) whether an entity is a VIE, and (ii) if a reporting entity is a VIE’s primary beneficiary. A reporting entity is determined to be a VIE’s primary beneficiary if it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact a VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or rights to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to a VIE. We had 375, 342 and 308 stores operated by IOs as of January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. We have agreements in place with each IO. The IO orders its merchandise exclusively from us, which is provided to the IO on consignment. Under the Independent Operator Agreement (the "Operator Agreement"), the IO may select a majority of merchandise that we consign to the IO, which the IO chooses from our merchandise order guide according to the IO’s knowledge and experience with local customer purchasing trends, preferences, historical sales and similar factors. The Operator Agreement gives the IO discretion to adjust our initial prices if the overall effect of all price changes at any time comports with the reputation of our Grocery Outlet retail stores for selling quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products and other merchandise at extreme discounts. IOs are required to furnish initial working capital and to acquire certain store and safety assets. The IO is also required to hire, train and employ a properly trained workforce sufficient in number to enable the IO to fulfill its obligations under the Operator Agreement. Additionally, the IO is responsible for expenses required for business operations, including all labor costs, utilities, credit card processing fees, supplies, taxes, fines, levies and other expenses. Either party may terminate the Operator Agreement without cause upon 75 days’ notice. As consignor of all merchandise to each IO, the aggregate net sales proceeds from merchandise sales belongs to us. Sales related to IO stores were $3.1 billion, $2.5 billion, and $2.2 billion for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. We, in turn, pay IOs a commission based on a share of the gross profit of the store. Inventories and related sales proceeds are our property, and we are responsible for store rent and related occupancy costs. IO commissions were expensed and included in SG&A. IO commissions were $469.3 million, $382.8 million, and $340.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. IO commissions of $6.0 million and $6.1 million were included in accrued expenses as of both January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively. IOs may fund their initial store investment from existing capital, a third-party loan or most commonly through a loan from us, as further discussed in NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables. As collateral for IO obligations and performance, the Operator Agreements grant us the security interests in the assets owned by the IOs related to the respective store. Since the total investment at risk associated with each IO is not sufficient to permit each IO to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, the IOs are VIEs which we have variable interests in. To determine if we are the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, we evaluate whether we have (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the IO's economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the IO that could potentially be significant to the IO. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an assessment of its ability to direct those activities. Activities that most significantly impact the IO's economic performance relate to sales and labor. Sales activities that significantly impact the IO's economic performance include determining what merchandise the IO will order and sell and the price of such merchandise, both of which the IO controls. The IO is also responsible for all of their own labor. Labor activities that significantly impact the IO's economic performance include hiring, training, supervising, directing, 83 Table of Contents compensating (including wages, salaries and employee benefits) and terminating all of the employees of the IO, activities which the IO controls. Accordingly, the IO has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the IO's economic performance. Furthermore, the mutual termination rights associated with the Operator Agreements vitiate our control over the IO. Our maximum exposure to the IOs is generally limited to the gross operator notes and receivables due from these entities, which was $41.0 million and $37.7 million as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively. See NOTE 2—Independent Notes and Operator Receivables, for additional information. Net Income Per Share — Basic net income per share is calculated using net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted- average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the dilutive effects of stock options and RSUs outstanding during the period, to the extent such securities would not be anti-dilutive, and is determined using the treasury stock method. Recently Adopted Accounting Standards ASU No. 2016-13 — In June 2016, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13, which was further updated and clarified by the FASB through issuance of additional related ASUs, amends the guidance surrounding measurement and recognition of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost, including trade receivables and debt securities, by requiring recognition of an allowance for credit losses expected to be incurred over an asset’s lifetime based on relevant information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts impacting the financial asset's ultimate collectability. This “expected loss” model will likely result in earlier recognition of credit losses than the previous “as incurred” model, under which losses were recognized only upon an occurrence of an event that gave rise to the incurrence of a probable loss. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and is to be adopted on a modified retrospective basis. We adopted ASU 2016-13 on December 29, 2019. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 resulted in a $0.4 million cumulative-effect increase to the opening balance of retained earnings. The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income or consolidated statements of cash flows. See NOTE 2—Independent Notes and Operator Receivables for additional information. ASU No. 2018-15 — In August 2018, FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. ASU 2018-15 is effective retrospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. We adopted ASU 2018-15 on December 29, 2019. The adoption of ASU 2018-15 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements ASU No. 2019-12 —In December 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies accounting guidance for certain tax matters including franchise taxes, certain transactions that result in a step-up in tax basis of goodwill, and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods. In addition, it eliminates a company’s need to evaluate certain exceptions relating to the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation, accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments, and interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We will adopt ASU 2019-12 beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2019-12 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables The amounts included in independent operator notes and accounts receivable consist primarily of funds we loaned to IOs, net of estimated uncollectible amounts. Independent operator notes are payable on demand and typically bear interest at rates between 3.00% and 9.95%. Accrued interest receivable on independent operator notes is included within the “independent operator receivables and current portion of independent operator notes, net of allowance” line item on the condensed consolidated balance sheets and was $0.4 million and $0.5 million as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively. There were no independent operator notes that were past due or on a non-accrual status due to delinquency as of January 2, 2021 or December 28, 2019. Notes and receivables of our IOs participating in our TCAP, as 84 Table of Contents defined below, are not considered to be past due or on a non-accrual status due to delinquency and are excluded from such measures. IO notes and receivables are financial assets which are measured and carried at amortized cost. An allowance for expected credit losses is deducted from (for expected losses) or added to (for expected recoveries) the amortized cost basis of these assets to arrive at the net carrying amount expected to be collected for such assets. The allowance is estimated using an expected loss framework, which includes information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that impact the collectibility of the reported amounts of the assets over their lifetime. The allowance is evaluated on a collective basis for assets with shared risk characteristics and credit quality indicators. The primary shared risk characteristic and credit quality indicator pools that we use as a basis for collective evaluation include: • TCAP — Includes the notes and receivables of IOs with stores that have been open for more than 18 months that are participating in our Temporary Commission Adjustment Program (“TCAP”) as of the end of each reporting period. TCAP allows us to provide a greater commission to participating IOs who require assistance in meeting their working capital needs for various reasons, such as new or increased competition or differences in IO skills and experience. • Non-TCAP — Includes the notes and receivables of IOs with stores that have been open for more than 18 months that are not participating in TCAP as of the end of each reporting period. • New store — Includes the notes and receivables of IOs with stores that have been open for less than 18 months as of the end of each reporting period. Assets without such shared risk characteristics or credit quality indicators, such as assets with unique circumstances or with delinquencies and historical losses in excess of their TCAP, non-TCAP or new store peers are evaluated on an individual basis. Amounts due from IOs and the related allowances as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019 consisted of the following (amounts in thousands): January 2, 2021 Independent operator notes Independent operator receivables Total December 28, 2019 Independent operator notes Independent operator receivables Total $ $ $ $ Allowance Gross Current Portion Long-term Portion Net Current Portion Long-term Portion 37,238 $ 3,754 40,992 $ (514) $ (471) (985) $ (7,124) $ — (7,124) $ 29,600 $ 3,283 32,883 $ 2,160 $ 3,283 5,443 $ 27,440 — 27,440 Allowance Gross Current Portion Long-term Portion Net Current Portion Long-term Portion 31,952 $ 5,753 37,705 $ (678) $ (605) (1,283) $ (9,088) $ — (9,088) $ 22,186 $ 5,148 27,334 $ 1,855 $ 5,148 7,003 $ 20,331 — 20,331 85 Table of Contents A summary of IO notes and receivables allowance activity is as follows (amounts in thousands): Balance at beginning of year Provision for independent operator notes and receivables Cumulative effect of accounting change Write-off of provision for independent operator notes and receivables Balance at end of year January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ 10,371 $ (473) (439) (1,350) 8,109 $ 9,067 $ 2,741 — (1,437) 10,371 $ 9,031 1,029 — (993) 9,067 The following table presents the amortized cost basis of IO notes by year of origination and credit quality indicator as of January 2, 2021 (amounts in thousands): Credit Quality Indicator TCAP Non-TCAP New store Total 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 Prior Total $ $ 1,375 $ 3,856 8,628 13,859 $ 2,321 $ 5,693 4,436 12,450 $ 1,333 $ 5,603 — 6,936 $ 186 $ 2,382 — 2,568 $ 194 $ 961 — 1,155 $ — $ 270 — 270 $ 5,409 18,765 13,064 37,238 NOTE 3—Property and Equipment Property and equipment as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019 consisted of the following (amounts in thousands): January 2, 2021 Leasehold improvements Fixtures and equipment Other Construction in progress Totals December 28, 2019 Leasehold improvements Fixtures and equipment Other Construction in progress Totals Property and Equipment, At Cost Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization Property and Equipment, Net $ $ $ $ 275,586 $ 330,338 376 33,453 639,753 $ 225,496 $ 274,523 383 16,100 516,502 $ (70,999) $ (134,820) (282) — (206,101) $ (53,733) $ (105,886) (269) — (159,888) $ 204,587 195,518 94 33,453 433,652 171,763 168,637 114 16,100 356,614 Construction in progress is primarily composed of leasehold improvements and fixtures and equipment related to new or remodeled stores where construction had not been completed at year-end. Long-lived assets were evaluated for potential impairment by measuring their fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined by estimating the amount and timing of net future cash flows (including rental expense for leased properties, sublease rental income, common area maintenance costs, and real estate taxes) and discounting them using a risk-adjusted rate. We estimate future cash flows based on our experience and knowledge of the market in which each store is located. There were no adjustments to the carrying value of long-lived assets due to impairment charges during fiscal 2020. We recorded impairment charges of $0.5 million and $0.6 million during fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. 86 Table of Contents Depreciation expense on property and equipment for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 was as follows (amounts in thousands): Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Location Cost of sales Operating expenses Total depreciation expense on property and equipment January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ 1,299 $ 49,450 50,749 $ 1,210 $ 41,696 42,906 $ 1,265 35,787 37,052 NOTE 4—Leases We generally lease retail facilities for store locations, distribution centers, office space and equipment and account for these leases as operating leases. We account for one retail store lease and certain equipment leases as finance leases. Lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; lease expense for these short-term leases is recognized on a straight- line basis over the lease term. Leases for 15 of our store locations and one warehouse location are controlled by related parties as of both January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. See NOTE 10—Related Party Transactions, for additional information. As of January 2, 2021, the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to these properties was $39.8 million and $44.3 million, respectively. As of December 28, 2019, the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities related to these properties was $42.5 million and $46.7 million, respectively. As of January 2, 2021, we had executed leases for 37 store locations that we had not yet taken possession of with total undiscounted future lease payments of $200.4 million with lease terms through 2039. Based upon our initial investment in store leasehold improvements, we utilize an initial, reasonably-certain lease life of 15 years. Most leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term from five to 15 years or more. Our lease terms only include options to extend the lease when we are reasonably certain that we will exercise such options. Our leases do not include any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. We also have non-cancelable subleases with unrelated third parties with future minimum rental receipts as of January 2, 2021 totaling $6.4 million ending in various years through 2036, which have not been deducted from the future minimum lease payments. The balance sheet classification of our right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities was as follows (amounts in thousands): Leases Assets: Operating lease assets Finance lease assets Total lease assets Liabilities: Current Operating Finance Noncurrent Operating Finance Total lease liabilities Classification Operating right-of-use assets Other assets Current lease liabilities Current lease liabilities Long-term lease liabilities Long-term lease liabilities 87 January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ $ $ $ 835,397 $ 5,973 841,370 $ 47,730 $ 945 876,329 5,109 930,113 $ 734,327 5,904 740,231 37,923 322 762,105 5,651 806,001 Table of Contents The components of lease expense were as follows (amounts in thousands): Lease Cost Operating lease cost Finance lease cost: Amortization of right-of-use assets Interest on leased liabilities Variable lease cost Sublease income Net lease cost (1) Classification Selling, general and administrative expenses Depreciation and amortization Interest expense, net Selling, general and administrative expenses Selling, general and administrative expenses _______________________ (1) Certain supply chain related lease costs herein are included in cost of sales. Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 112,096 $ 99,237 964 376 700 (972) 113,164 $ 817 263 668 (1,248) 99,737 $ $ Short-term lease expense payments recorded in operating expenses were immaterial for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. Maturities of lease liabilities as of January 2, 2021 were as follows (amounts in thousands): Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2025 Thereafter Total lease payments Less: Imputed interest Present value of lease liabilities Operating Leases Finance Leases Total $ $ 112,249 $ 113,556 113,351 112,763 111,191 818,237 1,381,347 (457,288) 924,059 $ 113,528 114,782 114,475 113,821 112,018 820,099 1,388,723 1,279 $ 1,226 1,124 1,058 827 1,862 7,376 $ (1,322) 6,054 The weighted-average lease terms and discount rates of operating and finance leases were as follows: Weighted-average remaining lease term: Operating leases Finance leases Weighted-average discount rate: Operating leases Finance leases Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (amounts in thousands): Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Leased assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities — adoption Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities ASC 840 Disclosure Rental expense for all operating leases for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 totaled $86.0 million. 88 January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 12.0 years 6.7 years 6.91 % 6.08 % 12.3 years 7.6 years 7.41 % 6.35 % Fiscal Year Ended January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ $ $ 101,245 $ — $ 166,018 $ 88,362 664,882 155,986 Table of Contents NOTE 5—Goodwill and Intangible Assets Information regarding our goodwill and intangible assets as of January 2, 2021 was as follows (amounts in thousands): Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Trademarks Computer software Total finite-lived intangible assets Liquor licenses Total intangible assets Goodwill Total goodwill and intangible assets $ $ 58,400 $ 24,868 83,268 7,544 90,812 747,943 838,755 $ Information regarding our goodwill and intangible assets as of December 28, 2019 was as follows (amounts in thousands): Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Trademarks Customer lists Computer software Total finite-lived intangible assets Liquor licenses Total intangible assets Goodwill Total goodwill and intangible assets $ $ 58,400 $ 160 20,418 78,978 6,360 85,338 747,943 833,281 $ (24,218) $ (18,368) (42,586) — (42,586) — (42,586) $ Net Carrying Amount 34,182 6,500 40,682 7,544 48,226 747,943 796,169 (20,324) $ (160) (17,062) (37,546) — (37,546) — (37,546) $ Net Carrying Amount 38,076 — 3,356 41,432 6,360 47,792 747,943 795,735 Amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets was $6.5 million, $6.7 million, and $10.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. Liquor license assets have been classified as indefinite-lived intangible assets and accordingly, are not subject to amortization. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets during the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets as of January 2, 2021 is as follows (amounts in thousands): Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2025 Thereafter Total $ $ 6,976 5,517 4,735 4,003 4,002 15,449 40,682 89 Table of Contents NOTE 6—Long-Term Debt Long-term debt consisted of the following (amounts in thousands): First Lien Credit Agreement: Term loan Notes payable Long-term debt, gross Less: Unamortized debt discounts and debt issuance costs Long-term debt, less unamortized debt discounts and debt issuance costs Less: Current portion Long-term debt, net First Lien Credit Agreement January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ $ 460,000 $ — 460,000 (10,767) 449,233 — 449,233 $ 460,188 246 460,434 (12,445) 447,989 (246) 447,743 On October 22, 2018, GOBP Holdings, our wholly owned subsidiary, together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries, entered into a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders for a $725.0 million senior term loan and a revolving credit facility for an amount up to $100.0 million, with a sub-commitment for a $35.0 million letter of credit and a sub-commitment for $20.0 million of swingline loans. Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all the assets of the borrower subsidiary and its guarantors. The term loan proceeds were primarily used for retiring our prior first lien credit agreement and paying cash dividends related to our 2018 recapitalization. As of January 2, 2021, we had standby letters of credit outstanding totaling $3.5 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement. Term Loans The First Lien Credit Agreement permits voluntary prepayment on borrowings without premium or penalty. In connection with the closing of our IPO, we prepaid $248.0 million of principal and $3.8 million of interest on the outstanding term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement on June 24, 2019 and elected to apply the prepayment against the remaining principal installments in the direct order of maturity. No further principal payment on the term loan will be due until the maturity date of this term loan. The terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement include mandatory prepayment requirements on the term loan if certain conditions are met (as described in the First Lien Credit Agreement). First Incremental Agreement — On July 23, 2019, GOBP Holdings together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries entered into an incremental agreement (the “First Incremental Agreement”) to amend the First Lien Credit Agreement. The First Incremental Agreement refinanced the term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement with a replacement $475.2 million senior secured term loan (the “First Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 3.50% or 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and 2.50% or 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case depending on the public corporate family rating of GOBP Holdings. The First Replacement Term Loan was to mature on October 22, 2025, which was the same maturity date as the prior term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement. We wrote off debt issuance costs of $0.3 million and incurred debt modification costs of $0.2 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2019 in connection with this refinance. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid $15.0 million of principal on the First Replacement Term Loan. Second Incremental Agreement — On January 24, 2020, GOBP Holdings together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries entered into a second incremental agreement (the “Second Incremental Agreement”) which amended the First Incremental Agreement. The Second Incremental Agreement refinanced the First Replacement Term loan under the First Incremental Agreement with a replacement $460.0 million senior secured term loan (the “Second Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.75% for base rate loans, in each case depending on the public corporate family rating of GOBP Holdings, and made certain other corresponding technical changes and updates to the First Incremental Agreement. The interest rate on the First Replacement Term Loan was 2.90% as of January 2, 2021. The Second Replacement Term Loan matures on October 22, 2025, which is the same maturity date as prior term loans under the First Lien Credit Agreement and First Incremental Agreement. We wrote off debt issuance costs of $0.1 million and incurred debt modification costs of $0.1 million during the first quarter of fiscal 2020 in connection with this refinance. 90 Table of Contents Other than as described above, the Second Replacement Term Loan has the same terms as provided under the original First Lien Credit Agreement and the First Incremental Agreement. Additionally, the parties to the Second Incremental Agreement continue to have the same obligations set forth in the original First Lien Credit Agreement and the First Incremental Agreement (collectively, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”). Revolving Credit Facility We are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.50% on the daily unused amount of the commitment under the revolving credit facility based upon the leverage ratio defined in the agreement and certain criteria specified in the agreement. We are also required to pay fronting fees and other customary fees for letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility. The interest rate for the revolving credit facility is determined based on a formula using certain market rates. No amounts were outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. On March 19, 2020, we borrowed $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility of our First Lien Credit Agreement (the "Revolving Credit Facility Loan"), the proceeds of which were to be used as reserve funding for working capital needs as a precautionary measure in light of the economic uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic. On May 26, 2020, we repaid the Revolving Credit Facility Loan in full. As of January 2, 2021, we had $96.5 million of borrowing capacity available under the revolving credit facility. Second Lien Credit Agreement On October 22, 2018, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries entered into a second lien credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders for a $150.0 million senior term loan. The proceeds were primarily used for retiring the prior second lien credit agreement and paying the dividends related to our 2018 recapitalization. The term loan under the Second Lien Credit Agreement did not require minimum quarterly principal payment. The Second Lien Credit Agreement did require mandatory prepayment if certain conditions were met and permitted voluntarily prepayment on borrowings without premium or penalty. On June 24, 2019, we terminated the Second Lien Credit Agreement and repaid in full the outstanding principal balance of $150.0 million and accrued interest of $3.6 million. In addition, we wrote off the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs of $3.8 million and loan discounts of $1.4 million on June 24, 2019. Debt Covenants The First Lien Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations and exceptions, and affirmative and customary covenants. The First Lien Credit Agreement has the ability to restrict us from entering into certain types of transactions and making certain types of payments including dividends and stock repurchase and other similar distributions, with certain exceptions. Additionally, the revolving credit facility under our First Lien Credit Agreement is subject to a first lien secured leverage ratio of 7.00 to 1.00, tested quarterly if, and only if, the aggregate principal amount from the revolving facility, letters of credit (to the extent not cash collateralized or backstopped or, in the aggregate, not in excess of the greater of $10.0 million and the stated face amount of letters of credit outstanding on the closing date) and swingline loans outstanding and/or issued, as applicable, exceeds 35% of the total amount of the revolving credit facility commitments (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement). As of January 2, 2021, we were in compliance with all applicable financial covenant requirements for our First Lien Credit Agreement. Schedule of Principal Maturities Principal maturities of debt as of January 2, 2021 are as follows (amounts in thousands): Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2024 Fiscal 2025 Thereafter Total $ $ — — — — 460,000 — 460,000 91 Table of Contents Interest Expense Interest expense, net, consisted of the following (amounts in thousands): Interest on loans Amortization of debt issuance costs Interest on finance leases Other Interest income Interest expense, net Debt Extinguishment and Modification Costs January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ 19,113 $ 2,289 376 32 (1,767) 20,043 $ 45,259 $ 2,367 263 51 (2,013) 45,927 $ 52,569 4,024 117 2 (1,350) 55,362 Debt extinguishment and modification costs consisted of the following (amounts in thousands): Write off of debt issuance costs Debt modification costs Write off of loan discounts Debt extinguishment and modification costs NOTE 7—Share-based Awards Share-based Incentive Plans January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ 74 $ 124 — 198 $ 4,110 $ 150 1,374 5,634 $ 3,459 1,794 — 5,253 The Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) became effective on October 21, 2014. Under the 2014 Plan, we granted stock options and RSUs to purchase shares of our common stock. Effective as of June 19, 2019, we terminated the 2014 Plan and as a result no further equity awards may be issued under the 2014 Plan. Any outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan and the applicable equity award agreements. On June 4, 2019, our board of directors and stockholders approved the Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). A total of 4,597,862 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan at that time. In addition, on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2020 and ending in fiscal 2029, the 2019 Plan provides for an annual automatic increase of the shares reserved for issuance in an amount equal to the positive difference between (i) 4% of the outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) the plan share reserve on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number as determined by our board of directors. As of January 2, 2021, there were a total of 5,057,940 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, which includes 460,078 shares added effective December 29, 2019 per the above noted annual automatic increase. As of January 2, 2021, there were 3,076,015 remaining shares available for issuance of the new equity awards under the 2019 Plan. On April 28, 2020, the Compensation Committee approved a long-term incentive program (the “LTIP”) under the 2019 Plan consisting of time- based RSUs and PSUs. RSUs granted under the LTIP generally vest over 3 years. Half of the total PSUs granted under the LTIP will vest upon the achievement of certain revenue-based performance targets (“Tranche I PSUs”) and half will vest upon the achievement of certain adjusted EBITDA-based performance targets (“Tranche II PSUs”) as determined by the Compensation Committee following the last day of the three-year performance period from December 29, 2019 to December 31, 2022. The number of PSUs ultimately earned will equal the number of Tranche I and Tranche II PSUs granted multiplied by the applicable percentage of actual revenue and adjusted-EBITDA performance target levels achieved, and can range from 0% to 200% of the number of PSUs granted based on the following performance levels and percentages: below minimum (0%); minimum (50%); target (100%); maximum (200%); above maximum (200%). Actual performance achievement percentages that fall between the minimum and target performance levels and the target and maximum performance levels will be determined using linear interpolation. 92 Table of Contents Fair Value Determination The fair value of stock option, RSU and PSU awards is determined as of the grant date. For time-based stock options, a Black-Scholes valuation model is utilized to estimate the fair value of the awards. For performance-based stock options, a Monte Carlo simulation approach implemented in a risk- neutral framework is utilized to estimate the fair value of the awards. For RSUs and PSUs, the closing price of our common stock as reported on the grant date is utilized to estimate the fair value of the awards. We determine the input assumptions for the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model as follows: • Expected term — The expected term represents the period that a stock option award is expected to be outstanding. We have limited historical exercise data from which to derive expected term input assumptions. Consequently, we calculate expected term using the SEC simplified method whereby the expected term of a stock option award is equal to the average of the award's contractual term and vesting term. • Volatility — We have limited historical data from which to derive stock price volatility input assumptions. Consequently, we estimate stock price volatility for our common stock by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option award. Industry peers consist of several public companies in our industry which are of similar size, complexity and stage of development. • Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect on a stock option award's grant date for U.S Treasury securities with maturities that approximate the expected term of the stock option award. • Dividend yield — Dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have not paid and do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common shares issued subsequent to our IPO. The respective valuation methods resulted in weighted-average grant date fair values for time-based stock options, performance-based stock options, RSUs, and PSUs granted during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 as follows: Time-based stock options Performance-based stock options RSUs PSUs January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 N/A $ N/A $ 37.07 $ 36.90 7.61 $ 5.78 $ 27.13 $ N/A 2.96 4.65 10.36 N/A $ $ We did not award any time-based or performance-based stock options during fiscal 2020. The grant date fair value of time-based stock options awarded during fiscal 2019 and 2018 was estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions: Exercise price Volatility Risk-free interest rate Dividend yield Expected term (in years) $ Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 21.66 30.2 % 1.9 % — % 6.83 11.98 35.0 % 2.6 % — % 2.80 93 Table of Contents Grant Activity The following table summarizes stock option activity under all equity incentive plans during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018: Options outstanding at December 30, 2017 Granted Exercised Forfeitures Options outstanding at December 29, 2018 Granted Exercised Forfeitures Options outstanding at December 28, 2019 Granted Exercised Forfeitures (1) Options outstanding at January 2, 2021 Options vested and exercisable at January 2, 2021 _______________________ (1) Time-Based Options Performance-Based Options Number of Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Number of Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price 5,528,836 334,535 (2,946) (62,050) 5,798,375 1,363,822 (817,051) (101,479) 6,243,667 — (2,326,219) (52,676) 3,864,772 2,309,467 $ $ $ $ $ 7.27 11.98 8.47 8.10 7.53 21.66 7.21 12.72 10.57 — 7.29 20.63 12.42 7.45 5,525,860 $ 334,536 — (65,066) 5,795,330 $ 99,788 — (117,997) 5,777,121 $ — (3,438,470) (13,071) 2,325,580 $ 2,325,580 $ 6.11 11.98 — 6.81 4.40 17.29 — 7.15 4.57 — 4.55 16.47 4.54 4.54 The decrease in weighted-average exercise price for outstanding performance-based options at December 29, 2018 was due to a dividend declared on October 22, 2018 pursuant to which all performance-based options outstanding at that date received a $2.10 downward adjustment to the exercise price. The total intrinsic value of time-based stock options exercised was $68.7 million and $20.8 million for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively, and less than $0.1 million for fiscal 2018. Intrinsic value represents the difference between the current fair value of the underlying stock and the exercise price of the stock option. 94 Table of Contents The following table summarizes RSU activity under all equity incentive plans during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018: Number of Shares Unvested balance at December 30, 2017 Granted Vested Forfeitures Unvested balance at December 29, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeitures Unvested balance at December 28, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeitures Unvested balance at January 2, 2021 The following table summarizes PSU activity under the 2019 Plan during fiscal 2020: Number of Shares (1) Unvested balance at December 28, 2019 Granted Adjustment for expected performance achievement Vested Forfeitures (2) Unvested balance at January 2, 2021 _______________________ (1) Represents initial grant of PSUs based on performance target level achievement of 100%. (2) Represents the adjustment to previously granted PSUs based on current performance expectations. An additional 135,820 PSUs could potentially be included if the maximum performance level is reached. Share-Based Compensation Expense We recognize compensation expense for stock options, RSUs, and PSUs by amortizing the grant date fair value on a straight-line basis over the expected vesting period to the extent we determine the vesting of the grant is probable. We recognize share-based award forfeitures in the period such forfeitures occur. Share-based compensation expense qualifying for capitalization was insignificant for each of the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. Accordingly, no share-based compensation expense was capitalized during these years. 95 Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value 7.51 10.36 7.39 — 8.80 27.13 18.06 30.03 22.89 37.07 19.74 31.78 35.16 100,804 $ 34,200 (54,184) — 80,820 $ 195,135 (76,841) (8,242) 190,872 $ 277,496 (115,030) (11,496) 341,842 $ Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value — 36.90 36.90 — 36.88 36.90 — $ 272,640 135,821 — (999) 407,462 $ Table of Contents Time-Based Stock Options We did not record compensation expense for time-based stock option grants prior to the closing of our IPO in June of fiscal 2019 because such time- based options were subject to a post-termination repurchase right by us until certain contingent events such as involuntary termination, a change in control, or an initial public offering occurred, and such contingent events were not deemed probable during fiscal 2018 or any other fiscal period prior to our IPO. As a result of this repurchase right feature, other than in limited circumstances, stock issued upon the exercise of these options could be repurchased at our discretion at the lower of fair value or the applicable exercise price. The repurchase right feature lapsed upon the closing of our IPO on June 24, 2019 (the "IPO closing date). Subsequent to the IPO closing date, we recognized share-based compensation expense for prior service completed as of the IPO closing date and began recognizing the remaining unamortized share-based compensation expense related to these outstanding time-based stock options over the remaining service period. During the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, we recognized $3.0 million and $25.7 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense for time-based stock options. Unamortized compensation cost related to unvested time-based options was $6.7 million as of January 2, 2021, $5.9 million of which related to time-based stock options granted at the time of our IPO. The $6.7 million of unamortized compensation cost is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.50 years. Performance-Based Stock Options We did not record compensation expense for performance-based stock options during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 because the performance criteria of such awards had not been achieved and the ultimate vesting of the awards was not considered probable as of such dates. On February 3, 2020 and April 27, 2020, certain selling stockholders completed secondary public offerings of shares of our common stock. In conjunction with these secondary offerings, certain performance criteria were achieved resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million and 1.7 million performance- based stock options, respectively, and the recognition of $18.5 million and $7.6 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense associated with the vesting of these performance-based stock options. As of January 2, 2021, all outstanding performance-based stock options are fully vested and fully expensed. Time-Based RSUs Shares-based compensation expense for RSUs held by employees and non-employee directors was $4.9 million, $2.1 million, and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. Unamortized compensation expense for RSUs was $8.4 million as of January 2, 2021, which is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.26 years. Performance-Based RSUs During the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 we recognized $3.7 million of share-based compensation expense for PSUs, which represents the expense associated with the expected level of performance achievement as of January 2, 2021. There were no such amounts recognized in the comparable prior year periods as PSUs only began being granted during fiscal 2020. Unamortized compensation cost related to the expected level of achievement of unvested PSUs was $11.4 million as of January 2, 2021, which is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.00 years. Dividends For time-based stock options and RSUs that were outstanding on the dividend dates of June 23, 2016 and October 22, 2018 and that are expected to vest in fiscal year 2021 and beyond, we intend to make dividend payments as these time-based stock options and RSUs vest. Pursuant to the 2014 Plan, if we are unable to make those payments, we may instead elect to reduce the per share exercise price of each such time-based stock option by an amount equal to the dividend amount in lieu of making the applicable dividend payment. As such, our dividends are not considered declared and payable and are not accrued as a liability in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 2, 2021. We paid $0.4 million and $3.6 million of dividends during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively, which were included in share-based compensation expense. Share-based compensation expense of $10.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 includes $8.7 million in payments related to the June 23, 2016 dividend for outstanding stock options that vested during fiscal 2018. The remaining share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2018 related to RSUs. Unamortized compensation cost related to future dividend payments on unvested time-based stock options and RSU share-based awards was approximately $0.4 million as of January 2, 2021. 96 Table of Contents NOTE 8—Retirement Plans We make payments into the UFCW—Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund (the “Pension Fund”) and the UFCW—Benefits Trust Fund (“Benefits Fund”), multiemployer pension and welfare trusts, established for the benefit of union employees at two company operated stores under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement. We currently operate under a collective bargaining agreement that expires on September 6, 2022. Payments into the Pension Fund were $0.6 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. Payments into the Benefits Fund were $1.4 million, $1.2 million, and $1.1 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. Such contributions represent less than 5% of the total contributions to the Fund. We paid no surcharges to the Fund. In addition, minimum contributions outside of the agreed upon contractual rates are not required. The risks of participating in a multiemployer pension plan are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects: a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. b. c. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If we stop participating in its multiemployer pension plan, we may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. The following information represents our participation in the plan for the annual period ended December 31, 2019, the latest available information from the Fund. All such information is based on information we received from the plan. The Fund’s Employer Identification Number and Plan Number is 946313554-001. Under the provisions of the Pension Protection Act (PPA) zone status, the Fund was in critical status during the plan year. Among other factors, generally, plans in critical status are less than 65 percent funded. In an effort to improve the Plan’s funding situation, the trustees adopted a rehabilitation plan on July 8, 2010. The rehabilitation plan changes the benefits for participants who retire and commence a pension on or after January 1, 2012, and changes future benefit accruals earned on or after January 1, 2012. Except in limited circumstances, the pensions of participants and beneficiaries whose pension effective date is before January 1, 2012, are not affected. For our nonunion employees, we offer the following plans: a. b. c. d. e. A defined contribution retirement plan for warehouse employees, which requires an annual contribution of 15% of eligible salaries. This defined contribution retirement plan is available to nonunion employees who meet certain service criteria. A noncontributory profit-sharing plan for administrative personnel under which the board of directors may authorize an annual contribution of up to 15% of eligible salaries. This profit-sharing plan is available to nonunion employees who meet certain service criteria. We expensed $6.1 million, $4.4 million and $3.6 million for contributions to the two plans described above in (a) and (b) for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. A 401(k) retirement plan for warehouse employees, which is available to those employees who meet certain service criteria A 401(k) retirement plan for administrative personnel, which is available to those employees who meet certain service criteria. We are not obligated to match any employee contributions for the 401(k) retirement plans. However, for certain employees who meet certain service criteria, we have a 401(k) retirement plan under which we will match employee contributions at a rate of 35% of each participating employee’s contributions, not to exceed 6% of wages. We expensed an insignificant amount for contributions to this plan for each of the fiscal years ending January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. 97 Table of Contents NOTE 9—Income Taxes Impact of U.S. Tax Reform Tax Cuts and Jobs Act On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "Tax Act") was enacted. The Tax Act made broad changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT); (iii) a new limitation on deductible business interest expense; (iv) changing rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017; and (v) expanding bonus depreciation to allow full expensing of qualified property. For the fiscal year ended December 30, 2017, we recognized a provisional tax benefit of $5.4 million due to the enactment of the Tax Act in our consolidated financial statements which was associated with the re-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. During the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018, we finalized our accounting for the impacts of the Tax Act and recorded an immaterial measurement period adjustment associated with the re-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. CARES Act On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act") was enacted. We have analyzed the provision, which provides for, (i) changes in the deductibility of business interest; (ii) acceleration of alternative minimum tax credit refunds; and (iii) a technical correction to allow accelerated deductions for qualified leasehold improvements. The technical correction allows us to accelerate deductions for qualified assets placed in service in the current and prior years, however, the CARES Act is not otherwise expected to have a material impact on our income tax provision for fiscal 2020. Components of income tax expense (benefit) Income before income taxes consisted entirely of income from domestic operations of $87.1 million, $16.8 million, and $21.9 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. The components of income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following (amounts in thousands): Current: Federal State Total current Deferred: Federal State Total deferred Income tax expense (benefit) Statutory rate reconciliation January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ (285) $ 284 (1) (14,682) (4,896) (19,578) (19,579) $ 52 $ 439 491 247 625 872 1,363 $ (200) 353 153 4,523 1,308 5,831 5,984 A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax rate is as follows: Taxes at federal statutory rates State income taxes net of federal benefit Excess federal tax benefits from exercise and vest of share-based awards Other Effective income tax rate 98 January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 21.0 % (4.2)% (40.3)% 1.0 % (22.5)% 21.0 % 5.2 % (21.4)% 3.3 % 8.1 % 21.0 % 6.0 % — % 0.4 % 27.4 % Table of Contents Deferred income taxes Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (amounts in thousands): Deferred tax assets: Accrued compensation Share-based compensation expense Inventory Transaction costs Lease liability obligation Net operating loss and other carryforwards Reserves and allowances Interest expense carryforward Other Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Prepaid expenses Depreciation and amortization Intangible assets Right-of-use assets Goodwill Debt transaction costs Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 $ 6,362 $ 8,891 4,594 1,152 258,093 58,596 3,092 — 4,194 344,974 (1,096) (64,814) (7,802) (234,022) (32,691) (1,020) (341,445) $ 3,529 $ 3,411 6,323 4,216 1,334 221,747 24,936 3,974 1,103 1,176 268,220 (1,042) (43,213) (8,417) (203,065) (27,230) (1,273) (284,240) (16,020) We have net operating loss carryforwards of $238.5 million for federal income tax purposes, of which $103.9 million expires beginning in 2032 and $134.6 million carries forward indefinitely. There are also net operating loss carryforwards of $80.0 million for state income tax purposes, which begin to expire in 2031. Certain tax attributes, which begin to expire in 2031, are subject to an annual limitation as a result of our acquisition of GOBP Holdings, our wholly owned subsidiary, which constitutes a change in ownership as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Based on our analysis, our projected net operating losses to be utilized in future years will not be affected by this annual limitation. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit the use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective positive evidence was the cumulative income incurred over the three-year period ended January 2, 2021. Based on our current assessment, we anticipate it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient taxable income to realize all of our material deferred tax assets. As such we did not record a valuation allowance against these material deferred tax assets as of January 2, 2021. Our policy is to include interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions within income tax expense and include accrued interest and penalties with the related income tax liability on our consolidated balance sheets. To date, we have not recognized any interest and penalties in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and do not anticipate any changes in our uncertain tax position within the next 12 months. We are subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. As of January 2, 2021, our tax returns remain open to examination by the tax authorities for tax years 2010 to 2020 for U.S. federal and for various state jurisdictions. 99 Table of Contents NOTE 10—Related Party Transactions Related Party Leases We leased property from entities affiliated with certain of our non-controlling stockholders for 15 store locations and one warehouse location as of both January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. Affiliated entities received aggregate annual lease payments from us of $6.0 million, $6.1 million, and $6.6 million for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021, December 28, 2019, and December 29, 2018, respectively. During April 2020, we entered into an aircraft dry lease agreement (the "Aircraft Lease") with an entity controlled by our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lindberg, to lease a Pilatus PC-12 aircraft. We believe that this agreement provides us better access to visit our stores, many of which are in remote areas or are not easily accessible by car or regular commercial airline service, and to visit prospective real estate sites. The Aircraft Lease gives us the ability to use the aircraft in the course of our operations on an as-needed, non-exclusive basis. The Aircraft Lease provides that we pay an hourly lease rate and we bear all direct operating costs associated with our use of the aircraft, and the lessor bears all fixed costs (e.g. maintenance, hangar, insurance). Mr. Lindberg, to the extent that he operates the aircraft for his personal use, will bear all costs associated with his operation of the aircraft. We believe that the terms of the aircraft lease are no less favorable than could be obtained from an unrelated third party and we believe that the foregoing arrangement, including related direct operating costs, insurance and crew costs, will reduce our average hourly cost for use of private aircraft, which previously had been primarily conducted through charter arrangements. Operating lease costs related to the aircraft lease are included in SG&A, and were less than $0.1 million for fiscal 2020. Independent Operator Notes and Receivables We offer interest-bearing notes to IOs and the gross operating notes and receivables due from these IOs was $41.0 million and $37.7 million as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively. See NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables, for additional information. Other We have business contracts with two portfolio companies of the H&F Investor, The Ultimate Software Group, Inc. and HUB International Limited. On May 28, 2020, the H&F Investor ceased being a related party when it distributed the remainder of its holdings in our common stock to its equity holders. Payments to these two portfolio companies totaled $0.2 million from December 29, 2019 through May 28, 2020, $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019, and $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018. NOTE 11—Commitments and Contingencies We are involved from time to time in claims, proceedings, and litigation arising in the normal course of business. We do not believe the impact of such litigation will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. 100 Table of Contents NOTE 12—Earnings Per Share Earnings Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders is as follows (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts): Numerator Net income attributable to common stockholders Denominator Weighted-average shares of common stock Effect of dilutive RSUs Effect of dilutive options Weighted-average shares of common stock - diluted Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders: (1) (2) (3) Basic Diluted January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ $ 106,713 $ 15,419 $ 15,868 91,818 96 6,538 98,452 79,044 42 2,777 81,863 1.16 $ 1.08 $ 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 68,473 73 — 68,546 0.24 0.23 _______________________ (1) The diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 did not include performance-based stock options because the requisite performance criteria of such stock options had not been achieved as of that date. On February 3, 2020, in conjunction with a secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million performance-based stock options, and accordingly, these vested performance-based stock options are included in the diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for fiscal year 2020. On April 27, 2020 in conjunction with an additional secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved resulting in the vesting of the remaining 1.7 million unvested performance-based stock options, and accordingly, these vested performance-based stock options are included in the diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for fiscal year 2020. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards, for additional information. (2) The diluted weighted-average shares for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 did not include time-based stock options because such options were subject to a post-termination repurchase right by us until the occurrence of a qualifying contingent event occurred (involuntary termination, change in control or initial public offering), and the occurrence of such an event was not deemed probable. Upon the completion of our IPO in June of fiscal 2019, a qualifying contingent event had occurred and therefore time-based stock options were included in the weighted-average diluted shares for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards, for additional information. (3) We are required to include in diluted weighted-average shares outstanding contingently issuable shares that would be issued assuming the end of our reporting period was the end of the relevant PSU award contingency period. No PSUs were included in diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021. The following weighted-average common share equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (amounts in thousands): RSUs Time-based stock options Total January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 3,239 — 3,239 50 682 732 — — — 101 Table of Contents NOTE 13—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) Selected unaudited summarized quarterly financial information for fiscal 2020 and 2019 was as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share data): Fiscal 2020 Net sales Gross Profit Income from operations Net income Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share Fiscal 2019 Net sales Gross Profit Income from operations Net income (loss) Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter 803,429 $ 253,751 32,359 29,333 0.32 $ 0.30 $ 645,289 $ 198,720 5,735 (10,632) (0.15) $ (0.15) $ 764,082 $ 238,183 30,315 40,474 0.44 $ 0.41 $ 652,540 $ 201,087 23,948 12,445 0.14 $ 0.13 $ 806,821 244,387 27,828 24,264 0.26 0.24 655,517 200,278 17,004 9,832 0.11 0.11 $ $ $ $ $ $ 760,308 $ 237,026 16,873 12,642 0.14 $ 0.13 $ 606,271 $ 187,017 21,656 3,774 0.06 $ 0.06 $ 102 Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. 103 Table of Contents ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Under the supervision and with the participation of our management including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") as of the end of the period covered by this report. Our disclosure controls are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of January 2, 2021. Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined by Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, the Company’s management has concluded that, as of January 2, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2021 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is set forth below. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting During the quarter ended January 2, 2021, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. 104 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 2, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 2, 2021, of the Company and our report dated March 2, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP San Francisco, California March 2, 2021 105 Table of Contents ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION On February 25, 2021, Thomas H. McMahon, EVP, Chief Sales and Merchandising Officer, West, notified us that he will be leaving the Company on or about August 13, 2021 to pursue other opportunities. Prior to his departure, the Company will work in tandem with Mr. McMahon to ensure a smooth transition of his responsibilities. 106 Table of Contents PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by this item relating to our directors and nominees, and our Audit Committee, is included under the caption “Board of Directors” in our Proxy Statement related to the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "2021 Proxy Statement") to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information required by this item relating to our executive officers is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this report. With regard to the information required by this item respecting compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, we will provide disclosure of delinquent Section 16(a) reports, if any, in our Proxy Statement related to the 2021 Proxy Statement, and such disclosure, if any, is incorporated herein by reference. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "Code of Ethics") that applies to all employees, executive officers and directors. The Code of Ethics can be found at the “Governance Highlights” link in the Corporate Governance section of our Investor Relations website at investors.groceryoutlet.com. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics by posting such information on our investor relations website. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this item relating to executive compensation is included under the captions “Board of Directors - Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation - Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Board of Directors - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Executive Compensation - Summary Compensation Table,” “Executive Compensation - Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Executive Compensation - Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End,” “Executive Compensation - Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “Executive Compensation - Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control,” “Executive Compensation - Potential Payments — Accelerated Equity Awards,” and “Executive Compensation - CEO Pay Ratio” in our 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. However, the Compensation Committee Report included in such 2021 Proxy Statement shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC for the purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing made by us with the SEC, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” and the information required by this item relating to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is included under the caption “Equity Compensation and Plan Information,” in each case in our 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this item relating to review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons is included under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” and the information required by this item relating to director independence is included under the caption “Board of Directors – Director Independence,” in each case in our 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this item is included under the caption “Proposal No. 2 — Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our 2021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 107 Table of Contents ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 1. Consolidated Financial Statements PART IV See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data." 2. Financial Statement Schedules See Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) beginning on page 111 herein. All other schedules have been omitted because they are either not required, not applicable, not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or the required information is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 3. Exhibits Exhibit No. 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3* 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 Exhibit Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Amended and Restated Bylaws of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement by and among Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and the other parties named therein Description of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp.’s Securities Incremental Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, among GOBP Holdings, Inc., Globe Intermediate Corp., certain subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent Incremental Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2019, among GOBP Holdings, Inc., Globe Intermediate Corp., certain subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto First Lien Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., the subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc. from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent First Lien Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., the subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc. from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent First Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, between Grocery Outlet, Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent 108 Incorporated by Reference File No. 333-232318 Filing Date 6/24/2019 333-232318 333-231428 001-38950 6/24/2019 6/10/2019 3/25/2020 Form S-8 S-8 S-1/A 10-K Exhibit No. 4.1 4.2 4.1 4.2 8-K 001-38950 1/24/2020 10.1 8-K 001-38950 7/25/2019 10.1 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.1 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.2 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.3 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.4 Table of Contents 10.7 10.8 10.9† 10.10† 10.11† 10.12† 10.13† 10.14† 10.15† 10.16† 10.17† 10.18† 10.19† 10.20† 10.21† 10.22† 10.23† 10.24† 10.25† 10.26† First Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, between Grocery Outlet, Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent First Lien Guarantee, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., the subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc. from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan Amended and Restated Performance Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., S. MacGregor Read, Jr.), dated October 21, 2014 Amended and Restated Time Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., S. MacGregor Read, Jr.), dated October 21, 2014 Form of Performance Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Charles C. Bracher, Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr., Thomas H. McMahon, Steven K. Wilson) Form of Time Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Charles C. Bracher, Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr., Thomas H. McMahon, Steven K. Wilson) Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan Form of Nonqualified Option Grant and Award Agreement (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant and Award Agreement (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan) Grocery Outlet Inc. 2019 Annual Incentive Plan Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between S. MacGregor Read, Jr., Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Restrictive Covenant Agreement, by and between Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. and Globe Holding Corp., dated September 13, 2014 Restrictive Covenant Agreement, by and between S. MacGregor Read, Jr. and Globe Holding Corp., dated September 13, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Charles C. Bracher, Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr., Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Thomas H. McMahon, Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Steven K. Wilson, Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Form of Globe Holding Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.5 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.6 S-1/A S-1/A 333-231428 333-231428 5/22/2019 5/22/2019 10.13 10.14 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.15 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.16 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.17 S-1/A S-1/A 333-231428 333-231428 6/10/2019 6/10/2019 S-1/A 333-231428 6/10/2019 S-1/A S-1/A 333-231428 333-231428 6/10/2019 5/22/2019 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 10.22 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.23 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.24 10.25 10.26 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.27 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.28 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.29 S-1/A 333-231428 6/10/2019 10.30 109 S-1/A 333-231428 6/10/2019 10.31 8-K 001-38950 1/7/2020 10-Q 10-Q 10-Q 001-38950 001-38950 001-38950 11/10/2020 11/10/2020 5/12/2020 10.1 10.1 10.2 10.3 Table of Contents 10.27† 10.28† 10.29† 10.30† 10.31† 10.32*† 10.33*† 10.34*† 21.1* 23.1* 24.1* 31.1* 31.2* 32.1** 32.2** 101.INS 101.SCH 101.CAL 101.DEF 101.LAB 101.PRE 104 Form of Indemnification Agreement between Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and directors and executive officers of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Transition Agreement, dated January 7, 2020, by and between Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and S. MacGregor Read, Jr. Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Directors Deferral Plan Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Executive Severance Plan 2020 Form of Performance Stock Unit Grant and Agreement (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Stock Incentive Plan) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant and Agreement (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Stock Incentive Plan) 2021 Form of Performance Stock Unit Grant and Agreement (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Stock Incentive Plan) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant and Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Stock Incentive Plan) Subsidiaries of the Registrant Consent of Deloitte and Touche LLP Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a- 14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document Inline XBRL Extension Calculation Linkbase Document Inline XBRL Extension Definition Linkbase Document Inline XBRL Extension Label Linkbase Document Inline XBRL Extension Presentation Linkbase Document Cover Page Interactive Data File - the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. ____________________________________ † * ** Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. Filed herewith. Furnished herewith. The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 and 32.2 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are deemed furnished and not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing. 110 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. INDEX TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) Condensed Balance Sheets Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Condensed Financial Statements 111 Page 112 113 114 115 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) Assets Investment in wholly owned subsidiary Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Intercompany payable Total liabilities Stockholders’ equity: Capital stock: Voting common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 94,854,336 and 89,005,062 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Series A Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Company Only) 112 January 2, 2021 December 28, 2019 923,816 $ 923,816 $ 1,509 $ 1,509 95 — 787,047 135,165 922,307 923,816 $ 746,628 746,628 1,244 1,244 89 — 717,282 28,013 745,384 746,628 $ $ $ $ Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (in thousands) Operating expenses Operating loss Loss before equity in net income of subsidiary Equity in net income of subsidiary, net of tax Net income and comprehensive income January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ $ 265 $ (265) (265) 106,978 106,713 $ 273 $ (273) (273) 15,692 15,419 $ 216 (216) (216) 16,084 15,868 See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Company Only) 113 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Equity in net income of subsidiary Dividend received from subsidiary (return on capital) Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Other current assets Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Investment in subsidiary Dividend received from subsidiary (return of capital) Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Intercompany payables Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts Proceeds from exercise of share-based compensation awards Payments related to net settlement of share-based compensation awards Other direct costs paid related to the initial public offering Dividend paid to shareholders Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents at end of period January 2, 2021 Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 106,713 $ 15,419 $ 15,868 (106,978) — — (265) (32,121) — (32,121) 265 — 32,604 (483) — — 32,386 — — — $ (15,692) — 497 224 (402,050) — (402,050) (409) 407,666 4,444 (2,813) (7,062) — 401,826 — — — $ (16,084) 27,351 (497) 26,638 — 126,236 126,236 718 — 29 (34) — (153,587) (152,874) — — — $ See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Company Only) 114 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) NOTE 1—Description of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the "Parent Company") owns 100% of Globe Intermediate Corp. ("Intermediate"), which owns 100% of GOBP Holdings, Inc. ("GOBP Holdings"), which owns 100% of GOBP Midco, Inc. ("Midco"), which owns 100% of Grocery Outlet Inc. ("GOI"). GOI is a high- growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. The Parent Company was incorporated in Delaware on September 11, 2014 and became the ultimate parent of GOI on October 7, 2014. The Parent Company has no operations or significant assets or liabilities other than its investment in Intermediate. Accordingly, the Parent Company is dependent upon distributions from Intermediate to fund its limited, non-significant operating expenses. However, GOBP Holdings’ and GOI’s ability to pay dividends or lend to Intermediate or the Parent Company is limited under the terms of various debt agreements. Intermediate and GOBP Holdings are parties to credit facilities that contain covenants limiting the Parent Company's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity, prepay junior debt and make certain investments; incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock; incur liens on assets; merge or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into agreements that would restrict its subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to the Parent Company. Due to the aforementioned qualitative restrictions, substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company's subsidiaries are restricted. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications as described in such credit facilities. NOTE 2—Basis of Presentation The accompanying condensed financial statements (parent company only) include the accounts of the Parent Company and its investment in Intermediate, accounted for in accordance with the equity method, and do not present the financial statements of the Parent Company and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis. These parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Parent Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented reflect a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split effected on June 6, 2019. NOTE 3—Dividends from Subsidiaries The Parent Company received a dividend from Intermediate of $153.6 million on October 22, 2018 for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018. This dividend has been reflected as a reduction to investment in wholly owned subsidiary in the accompanying condensed financial statements. On the same date, the Parent Company declared a dividend of $153.6 million to holders of its common stock. This dividend has been reflected as a $27.4 million return on capital and a $126.2 million return of capital in the accompanying condensed financial statements. NOTE 4—Initial Public Offering In June 2019, we completed an initial public offering ("IPO") of 19,765,625 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share for net proceeds of $407.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million. We also incurred offering costs payable by us of $7.2 million. The shares of common stock sold in the IPO and the net proceeds from the IPO included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. On October 8, 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") for fiscal 2019. We received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On February 3, 2020, certain selling stockholders completed an additional secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs of $1.1 million, which were recognized in SG&A expenses during fiscal 2020. We received 115 Table of Contents $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On April 27, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed another secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred related offering costs of $1.0 million which we recognized in SG&A expenses during fiscal 2020. We received $1.6 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 269,000 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On May 28, 2020, the stockholder affiliated with our former private equity sponsor, Hellman and Friedman LLC, distributed the remainder of its holdings representing 9.6 million shares of our common stock to its equity holders. We did not receive any proceeds or incur any material costs related to this distribution. 116 Table of Contents ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY Not applicable. 117 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitute and appoint Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., Charles C. Bracher, and Pamela B. Burke, or any of them, his or her attorneys-in-fact, for such person in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. /s/ Charles C. Bracher Charles C. Bracher /s/ Lindsay E. Gray Lindsay E. Gray /s/ Erik D. Ragatz Erik D. Ragatz /s/ Kenneth W. Alterman Kenneth W. Alterman /s/ John E. Bachman John E. Bachman /s/ Mary Kay Haben Mary Kay Haben /s/ Thomas F. Herman Thomas F. Herman /s/ Carey F. Jaros Carey F. Jaros /s/ Norman S. Matthews Norman S. Matthews /s/ Maria Fernanda Mejia Maria Fernanda Mejia /s/ Gail Moody-Byrd Gail Moody-Byrd /s/ S. MacGregor Read, Jr. S. MacGregor Read, Jr. /s/ Jeffrey York Jeffrey York Title Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) Date March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 Director, Chairman of the Board March 2, 2021 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 118 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 March 2, 2021 Exhibit 4.3 Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Description of Capital Stock As of January 2, 2021, Grocery Outlet Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”), had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The following summary includes a brief description of the common stock, as well as certain related additional information. The summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein. Capitalization Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (ii) 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Common Stock Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Preferred Stock Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the authorized shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by holders of our common stock, and holders of our common stock are not entitled to vote on any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relates solely to the terms of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, if the holders of such shares of preferred stock are entitled to vote thereon. Our board of directors is authorized to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as the board of directors may from time to time determine, which could affect the relative voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock, including, without limitation, by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Liquidation Rights Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and subject to the rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption sinking fund or conversion rights. The common stock is not subject to further calls or assessment by us. All shares of our common stock outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future. Dividend Rights Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to the rights of the holders or one or more outstanding series of our preferred stock. Other Rights Our common stock has no conversion rights, sinking fund provisions, redemption provisions or preemptive rights. Certain Anti-Takeover Effects Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws summarized in the paragraphs above and in the following paragraphs may have an anti-takeover effect. In other words, such provisions could delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interests, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by such stockholder. Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock Our board of directors may generally issue one or more series of preferred shares on terms that could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management. Classified Board of Directors Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the right of holders of any series of preferred stock, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving staggered three-year terms, with only one class of directors being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors. Removal of Directors; Vacancies Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than directors elected by holders of our preferred stock, if any, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors may increase the number of directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors. Business Combinations We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: • • • • prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder; or the stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of sufficient ownership to cease to be an interested stockholder and (ii) had not been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership within three years of the business combination. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the certain former stockholder which is an investment fund affiliated with Hellman & Friedman LLC, and any of its respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons or entities are a party, does not constitute an “interested stockholder” for purposes of this provision. No Cumulative Voting Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Special Stockholder Meetings Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. Stockholder Action by Written Consent Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent, other than certain rights that holders of our preferred stock may have to act by written consent. Supermajority Provisions Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. Exclusive Forum Our amended and restated bylaws provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or any director, officer or other employee of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) action asserting a claim against our company or any director, officer or other employee of our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. Transfer Agent and Registrar The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC. Nasdaq Listing Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GO.” Exhibit 10.32 RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE UNDER THE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. 2019 INCENTIVE PLAN Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2019 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the Participant set forth below the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth below. The Restricted Stock Units are subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (attached hereto or previously provided to the Participant in connection with a prior grant), and in the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. Participant: [First Name] [Last Name] Date of Grant: [Insert Date] Vesting Commencement Date: [Insert Date] Number of Restricted Stock Units: [Insert Number of Restricted Stock Units Granted] Vesting Schedule: Provided the Participant has not undergone a Termination prior to the vesting date (or event), one-third (1/3) of the Restricted Stock Units (rounded down to the nearest whole share) will vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided, that on the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, any Restricted Stock Units that have not otherwise vested due to rounding will also vest in full; provided, further, however, that the Restricted Stock Units will, to the extent not vested, become fully vested if the Participant undergoes a Termination by the Service Recipient without Cause following a Change in Control. Dividend Equivalents: The Restricted Stock Units shall be credited with dividend equivalent payments, as provided in Section 13(c)(iii) of the Plan. * * * 1 GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. ___________________________________ By: Title: 2 THE UNDERSIGNED PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN. 1 PARTICIPANT ______________________________ _________________________________________ 1 To the extent that the Company has established, either itself or through a third-party plan administrator, the ability to accept this award electronically, such acceptance shall constitute the Participant's signature hereto 3 RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT UNDER THE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. 2019 INCENTIVE PLAN Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) delivered to the Participant (as defined in the Grant Notice), and subject to the terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”) and the Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”) and the Participant agree as follows. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. 1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units provided in the Grant Notice (with each Restricted Stock Unit representing an unfunded, unsecured right to receive one share of Common Stock). The Company may make one or more additional grants of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant under this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by providing the Participant with a new Grant Notice, which may also include any terms and conditions differing from this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to the extent provided therein. The Company reserves all rights with respect to the granting of additional Restricted Stock Units hereunder and makes no implied promise to grant additional Restricted Stock Units. 2. Vesting. Subject to the conditions contained herein and in the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as provided in the Grant Notice. 3. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Subject to any election by the Committee pursuant to Section 8(d)(ii) of the Plan, the Company will deliver to the Participant, without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two and one-half months) following the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit (as adjusted under the Plan, as applicable) which becomes vested hereunder and such vested Restricted Stock Unit shall be cancelled upon such delivery. The Company shall either (a) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Participant a certificate or certificates therefor, registered in the Participant’s name or (b) cause such shares of Common Stock to be credited to the Participant’s account at the third party plan administrator. Notwithstanding anything in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock as contemplated by this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement unless and until such issuance or transfer complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading. 4. Treatment of Restricted Stock Units Upon Termination. The provisions of Section 8(c)(ii) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. 5. Company; Participant. (a) The term “Company” as used in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with reference to employment shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries. (b) Whenever the word “Participant” is used in any provision of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the Restricted Stock Units may be transferred in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan, the word “Participant” shall be deemed to include such person or persons. 4 6. Non-Transferability. The Restricted Stock Units are not transferable by the Participant except to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, no assignment or transfer of the Restricted Stock Units, or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Restricted Stock Units shall terminate and become of no further effect. 7. Rights as Shareholder. The Participant or a Permitted Transferee of the Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any share of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Participant shall have become the holder of record or the beneficial owner of such share of Common Stock, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such share of Common Stock for which the record date is prior to the date upon which the Participant shall become the holder of record or the beneficial owner thereof. 8. Tax Withholding. The provisions of Section 13(d) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. The Participant shall satisfy such Participant’s withholding liability, if any, referred to in Section 13(d) of the Plan by having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units a number of shares of Common Stock with a fair market value, on the date that the Restricted Stock Units are settled, equal to such withholding liability; provided that the number of such shares may not have a fair market value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability unless determined by the Committee not to result in adverse accounting consequences. 9. Notice. Every notice or other communication relating to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the Company and the Participant shall be in writing, which may include by electronic mail, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by such party in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel or its designee, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Participant may be given to the Participant personally or may be mailed to the Participant at the Participant’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records. Notwithstanding the above, all notices and communications between the Participant and any third-party plan administrator shall be mailed, delivered, transmitted or sent in accordance with the procedures established by such third-party plan administrator and communicated to the Participant from time to time. 10. No Right to Continued Service. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue as an employee or other service provider to the Company. 11. Binding Effect. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto. 12. Waiver and Amendments. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, that any such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification is consented to on the Company’s behalf by the Committee. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver. 5 13. Clawback/Forfeiture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Plan, if the Participant has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, take actions permitted under the Plan, including: (a) canceling the Restricted Stock Units, or (b) requiring that the Participant forfeit any gain realized on the disposition of any shares of Common Stock received in settlement of any Restricted Stock Units, and repay such gain to the Company. In addition, if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law. 14. Governing Law. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan to the contrary, if any suit or claim is instituted by the Participant or the Company relating to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan, the Participant hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts of Delaware. 15. Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (including the Grant Notice), the Plan shall govern and control. 16. Section 409A. It is intended that the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule applicable to such section, as set forth in the regulations or other guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder. 17. Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Restricted Stock Units and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. 18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company. 19. Entire Agreement. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to such subject matter. 6 Exhibit 10.33 PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE UNDER THE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. 2019 INCENTIVE PLAN Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2019 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the Participant set forth below the number of Performance Stock Units (“Performance Stock Units” or “PSUs”), set forth below. The Performance Stock Units are subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, in the Performance Stock Unit Agreement (attached hereto or previously provided to the Participant in connection with a prior grant) (the “Agreement”), and in the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. Participant: [Insert Participant Name] Date of Grant: [Insert Date] Number of Performance Stock Units:[Number of PSUs], consisting of two tranches: Tranche I PSUs (“Tranche I PSUs”), which will vest upon satisfaction of Revenue-based targets; and 1 2 Tranche II PSUs (“Tranche II PSUs”), which will vest upon satisfaction of Adjusted EBITDA-based targets Performance Period: [Insert Performance Period] Vesting: The PSUs will become earned (“Earned PSUs”) based on achievement of the applicable Performance Condition with respect to the Performance Period, in each case, as set forth below. Performance Conditions The number of PSUs in each tranche that become Earned PSUs shall be based on the achievement of the Performance Condition set forth in the table below applicable to such tranche: 1 50% of Number of Performance Stock Units. 2 50% of Number of Performance Stock Units. Tranche I Revenue Tranche II Adjusted EBITDA Growth Performance Condition Minimum Level of Achievement Target Level of Achievement Maximum Level of Achievement Calculation of Number of Earned PSUs The number of PSUs earned in respect of each tranche of PSUs shall equal (x) the number of Tranche I PSUs or Tranche II PSUs, as applicable, granted hereunder multiplied by (y) the applicable Percentage of Target Award Earned for such applicable tranche (rounded up to the nearest whole unit). Following the last day of the Performance Period, the Committee shall determine the level of achievement with respect to each Performance Condition and calculate the “Percentage of Target Award Earned” (as set forth the table below) with respect to each of the Tranche I PSUs and the Tranche II PSUs based on such level of achievement in accordance with the following table: Level of Achievement Below Minimum Minimum Target Maximum Above Maximum Percentage of Target Award Earned 0% 50% 100% 200% 200% Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if actual performance with respect to any tranche is between (i) “Minimum” and “Target” or (ii) “Target” and “Maximum” levels of achievement, the Percentage of Target Award Earned shall be determined using linear interpolation (and rounded to the nearest whole percentage point) between such numbers. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that actual performance does not meet the “Minimum” level of achievement with respect to any tranche, the Percentage of Target Award Earned shall be 0%, and in the event that actual performance exceeds the “Maximum” level of achievement with respect to any tranche, the Percentage of Target Award Earned shall be 200%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control during the Performance Period, the number of Earned PSUs shall be calculated, immediately prior to such Change in Control, assuming a Percentage of Target Award Earned for each tranche equal to one hundred percent (100%) (“Target Performance”). All determinations with respect to whether and to the extent to which a Performance Condition has been achieved shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion and the applicable Performance Conditions shall not be achieved 2 and the applicable PSUs shall not become Earned PSUs until the date that Committee approves in writing the extent to which such Performance Conditions have been met (such date, the “Determination Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control during the Performance Period, the Determination Date shall instead occur on the last day of the Performance Period. Any PSUs which do not become Earned PSUs based on actual performance during the Performance Period shall be forfeited as of the last day of the Performance Period. Vesting of Earned PSUs Provided that the Participant has not undergone a Termination on or prior to the Determination Date, any PSUs that become Earned PSUs shall become vested on the Determination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing: • • • • In the event that the Participant undergoes a Termination as a result of such Participant’s death or Disability prior to a Change in Control, a prorated portion of the PSUs in each tranche shall vest on the date of such Termination assuming Target Performance, with such proration based on the number of days elapsed from the commencement of the Performance Period through the date of such Termination, and be settled in accordance with the Agreement. In the event that prior to a Change in Control the Participant undergoes a Termination by the Service Recipient without Cause, subject to the Participant’s compliance during the Performance Period with any restrictive covenant by which such Participant is bound, including, without limitation, any covenant not to compete or not to solicit, in any agreement with any member of the Company Group, a prorated portion of the PSUs in each tranche will remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on the actual Percentage of Target Award Earned as determined on the Determination Date, with such proration based on the number of days elapsed from the commencement of the Performance Period through the date of such Termination; provided that, in the event of a Change in Control following such Termination, the outstanding portion of PSUs shall instead be calculated based on Target Performance and shall vest as of the last day of the Performance Period. Any PSUs that become Earned PSUs following the date of such Termination shall be settled in accordance with the Agreement. In the event the Participant undergoes a Termination (i) by the Service Recipient without Cause, (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason, or (iii) by reason of death or Disability, in each case, on or following a Change in Control, the Earned PSUs (as determined above) shall full vest as of the date of such Termination. In the event of any other Termination, the PSUs shall be forfeited as of the date of such Termination. 3 • To the extent any Participant is party to an agreement between the Participant and the Company that contains language governing the treatment of equity in connection with a Change in Control, this Performance Stock Unit Grant Notice shall govern and control regarding the treatment of such Participant’s equity in connection with such Change in Control. Definitions “Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean the revised definition of Adjusted EBITDA for the [quarter] of [year] as publicly disclosed in (or otherwise calculated in a manner consistent with) the Company’s Form 10-K for the Company’s [year] fiscal year. “Adjusted EBITDA Growth” shall mean the growth rate with respect to Adjusted EBITDA, which shall be expressed as a percentage (rounded to the nearest tenth of a percent) and calculated for the Performance Period based on the sum of annual Adjusted EBITDA growth rates for each fiscal year during the Performance Period. “Good Reason” shall, in the case of any Participant who is party to an agreement between the Participant and the Service Recipient that contains a definition of “Good Reason,” mean and refer to the definition set forth in such agreement, and in the case of any other Participant, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in the Participant’s base salary or annual cash bonus opportunity as compared to such Participant’s base salary or annual cash bonus opportunity as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control; (ii) any material diminution in Participant’s duties or responsibilities as compared to such Participant’s duties and responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control; provided, that in no event will any diminution in duties or responsibilities resulting from the Company no longer being publicly held constitute Good Reason hereunder; or (iii ) the relocation of the Participant’s principal work location by more than 50 miles; provided that none of these events shall constitute Good Reason unless the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days after receipt from the Participant of written notice of the event which constitutes Good Reason; provided, further, that “Good Reason” shall cease to exist for an event on the 60th day following the later of its occurrence or the Participant’s knowledge thereof, unless the Participant has given the Company’s written notice thereof prior to such date. “Revenue” shall mean the revenue which is publicly disclosed in (or otherwise calculated in a manner consistent with) the Company’s earnings release for the applicable fiscal year financial results or as otherwise determined by the Audit Committee of the Board. Dividend Equivalents: The Performance Stock Units shall be credited with dividend equivalent payments, as provided in Section 13(c)(iii) of the Plan. * * * 4 GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. ___________________________________ By: Title: 5 THE UNDERSIGNED PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF PERFORMANCE STOCK UNITS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS 3 PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN. PARTICIPANT ________________________________ 3 To the extent that the Company has established, either itself or through a third-party plan administrator, the ability to accept this award electronically, such acceptance shall constitute the Participant’s signature hereto. [Signature Page to Performance Stock Unit Award] PERFORMANCE STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT UNDER THE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. 2019 INCENTIVE PLAN Pursuant to the Performance Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) delivered to the Participant (as defined in the Grant Notice), and subject to the terms of this Performance Stock Unit Agreement (this “Performance Stock Unit Agreement”) and the Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”) and the Participant agree as follows. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. 1. Grant of Performance Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Performance Stock Units provided in the Grant Notice (with the number of Performance Stock Units that become Earned PSUs representing an unfunded, unsecured right to receive one share of Common Stock upon the vesting of such Earned PSUs). The Company may make one or more additional grants of Performance Stock Units to the Participant under this Performance Stock Unit Agreement by providing the Participant with a new grant notice, which may also include any terms and conditions differing from this Performance Stock Unit Agreement to the extent provided therein. The Company reserves all rights with respect to the granting of additional Performance Stock Units hereunder and makes no implied promise to grant additional Performance Stock Units. 2. Vesting. Subject to the conditions contained herein and in the Plan, the Performance Stock Units shall vest as provided in the Grant Notice. With respect to any Performance Stock Unit, the period of time that such Performance Stock Unit remains subject to vesting shall be its Restricted Period. 3. Settlement of Performance Stock Units. The Company will deliver to the Participant, without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two and one-half months) following the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Earned PSU (as adjusted under the Plan, as applicable) which becomes vested hereunder and such vested Earned PSU shall be cancelled upon such delivery. The Company shall either (a) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Participant a certificate or certificates therefor, registered in the Participant’s name or (b) cause such shares of Common Stock to be credited to the Participant’s account at the third party plan administrator. Notwithstanding anything in this Performance Stock Unit Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock as contemplated by this Performance Stock Unit Agreement unless and until such issuance or transfer complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading. 4. Company; Participant. (a) The term “Company” as used in this Performance Stock Unit Agreement with reference to employment shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries. (b) Whenever the word “Participant” is used in any provision of this Performance Stock Unit Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors, the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the Performance Stock Units may be transferred in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan, the word “Participant” shall be deemed to include such person or persons. 5. Non-Transferability. The Performance Stock Units are not transferable by the Participant except to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, no assignment or transfer of the Performance Stock Units, or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Performance Stock Units shall terminate and become of no further effect. 6. Rights as Shareholder. The Participant or a Permitted Transferee of the Performance Stock Units shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any share of Common Stock underlying a Performance Stock Unit unless and until the Participant shall have become the holder of record or the beneficial owner of such share of Common Stock, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such share of Common Stock for which the record date is prior to the date upon which the Participant shall become the holder of record or the beneficial owner thereof. 7. Tax Withholding. The provisions of Section 13(d) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. The Participant shall satisfy such Participant’s withholding liability, if any, referred to in Section 13(d) of the Plan by having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable pursuant to the settlement of the Performance Stock Units a number of shares of Common Stock with a fair market value, on the date that the Performance Stock Units are settled, equal to such withholding liability; provided that the number of such shares may not have a fair market value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability unless determined by the Committee not to result in adverse accounting consequences. 8. Notice. Every notice or other communication relating to this Performance Stock Unit Agreement between the Company and the Participant shall be in writing, which may include by electronic mail, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by such party in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel or its designee, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Participant may be given to the Participant personally or may be mailed to the Participant at the Participant’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records. Notwithstanding the above, all notices and communications between the Participant and any third-party plan administrator shall be mailed, delivered, transmitted or sent in accordance with the procedures established by such third-party plan administrator and communicated to the Participant from time to time. 9. No Right to Continued Service. This Performance Stock Unit Agreement does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue as an employee or other service provider to the Company. 10. Binding Effect. This Performance Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto. 11. Waiver and Amendments. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Performance Stock Unit Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, that any such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification is consented to on the Company’s behalf by the Committee. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver. 12. Clawback/Forfeiture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Plan, if the Participant has engaged in or engages in any Detrimental Activity, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, take actions permitted under the Plan, including: (a) canceling the Performance Stock Units or (b) requiring that the Participant forfeit any gain realized on the disposition of any shares of Common Stock received in settlement of any Performance Stock Units, and repay such gain to the Company. In addition, if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of this Performance Stock Unit Agreement for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Performance Stock Units shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law 13. Governing Law. This Performance Stock Unit Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Performance Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan to the contrary, if any suit or claim is instituted by the Participant or the Company relating to this Performance Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan, the Participant hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts of Delaware. 14. Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Performance Stock Unit Agreement (including the Grant Notice), the Plan shall govern and control. 15. Section 409A. It is intended that the Performance Stock Units granted hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule applicable to such section, as set forth in the regulations or other guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder. 16. Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Performance Stock Units and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. 17. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company. 18. Entire Agreement. This Performance Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to such subject matter. Exhibit 10.34 RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE UNDER THE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. 2019 INCENTIVE PLAN Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2019 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), hereby grants to the Participant set forth below the number of Restricted Stock Units set forth below. The Restricted Stock Units are subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (attached hereto or previously provided to the Participant in connection with a prior grant), and in the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan. Participant: [Participant Name] Date of Grant: [Date of Grant] Vesting Commencement Date: [Vesting Commencement Date] Number of Restricted Stock Units: [Number of RSUs] Vesting Schedule: Provided the Participant has not undergone a Termination prior to the vesting date (or event), 100% of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided, however, that the Restricted Stock Units will, to the extent not vested, become fully vested if the Participant undergoes a Termination by the Service Recipient without Cause following a Change in Control. Dividend Equivalents: The Restricted Stock Units shall be credited with dividend equivalent payments, as provided in Section 13(c)(iii) of the Plan. * * * GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. ___________________________________ By: Title: THE UNDERSIGNED PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE, THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN. 1 PARTICIPANT ______________________________ 1 To the extent that the Company has established, either itself or through a third-party plan administrator, the ability to accept this award electronically, such acceptance shall constitute the Participant's signature hereto. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT UNDER THE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. 2019 INCENTIVE PLAN Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) delivered to the Participant (as defined in the Grant Notice), and subject to the terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”) and the Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan, as it may be amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”) and the Participant agree as follows. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. 1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Restricted Stock Units provided in the Grant Notice (with each Restricted Stock Unit representing an unfunded, unsecured right to receive one share of Common Stock). The Company may make one or more additional grants of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant under this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by providing the Participant with a new Grant Notice, which may also include any terms and conditions differing from this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to the extent provided therein. The Company reserves all rights with respect to the granting of additional Restricted Stock Units hereunder and makes no implied promise to grant additional Restricted Stock Units. 2. Vesting. Subject to the conditions contained herein and in the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as provided in the Grant Notice. 3. Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Subject to any election by the Committee pursuant to Section 8(d)(ii) of the Plan, and any effective election under the Company’s Directors Deferral Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “Deferral Plan Election”), the Company will deliver to the Participant, without charge, as soon as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two and one-half months) following the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit (as adjusted under the Plan, as applicable) which becomes vested hereunder and such vested Restricted Stock Unit shall be cancelled upon such delivery. The Company shall either (a) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Participant a certificate or certificates therefor, registered in the Participant’s name or (b) cause such shares of Common Stock to be credited to the Participant’s account at the third party plan administrator. To the extent a Deferral Plan Election is in place, settlement of the Restricted Stock Units shall be governed by the Deferral Plan Election. Notwithstanding anything in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock as contemplated by this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement unless and until such issuance or transfer complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are listed for trading. 4. Treatment of Restricted Stock Units Upon Termination. The provisions of Section 8(c)(ii) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. 5. Company; Participant. (a) The term “Company” as used in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement with reference to service shall include the Company and its Subsidiaries. (b) Whenever the word “Participant” is used in any provision of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under circumstances where the provision should logically be construed to apply to the executors,  5 the administrators, or the person or persons to whom the Restricted Stock Units may be transferred in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan, the word “Participant” shall be deemed to include such person or persons. 6. Non-Transferability. The Restricted Stock Units are not transferable by the Participant except to Permitted Transferees in accordance with Section 13(b) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, no assignment or transfer of the Restricted Stock Units, or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer the Restricted Stock Units shall terminate and become of no further effect. 7. Rights as Shareholder. The Participant or a Permitted Transferee of the Restricted Stock Units shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any share of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Participant shall have become the holder of record or the beneficial owner of such share of Common Stock, and no adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights in respect of such share of Common Stock for which the record date is prior to the date upon which the Participant shall become the holder of record or the beneficial owner thereof. 8. Tax Withholding. The provisions of Section 13(d) of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. The Participant shall satisfy such Participant’s withholding liability, if any, referred to in Section 13(d) of the Plan by having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units a number of shares of Common Stock with a fair market value, on the date that the Restricted Stock Units are settled, equal to such withholding liability; provided that the number of such shares may not have a fair market value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability unless determined by the Committee not to result in adverse accounting consequences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant acknowledges and agrees that to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Participant’s status as an independent consultant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company does not intend to withhold any amounts as federal income tax withholdings under any other state or federal laws, and the Participant hereby agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy all applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company with may arise in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock Units. 9. Notice. Every notice or other communication relating to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between the Company and the Participant shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by such party in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by the Participant to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel or its designee, and all notices or communications by the Company to the Participant may be given to the Participant personally or may be mailed to the Participant at the Participant’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records. Notwithstanding the above, all notices and communications between the Participant and any third-party plan administrator shall be mailed, delivered, transmitted or sent in accordance with the procedures established by such third-party plan administrator and communicated to the Participant from time to time. 10. No Right to Continued Service. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue as a director or other service provider to the Company. 11. Binding Effect. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties hereto.  6 12. Waiver and Amendments. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided, however, that any such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification is consented to on the Company’s behalf by the Committee. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver. 13. Governing Law. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan to the contrary, if any suit or claim is instituted by the Participant or the Company relating to this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan, the Participant hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts of Delaware. 14. Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (including the Grant Notice), the Plan shall govern and control. 15. Section 409A. It is intended that the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall be exempt from Section 409A of the Code pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule applicable to such section, as set forth in the regulations or other guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service thereunder. 16. Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Restricted Stock Units and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. 17. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company. 18. Entire Agreement. This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, the Grant Notice and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to such subject matter. Exhibit 21.1 Name of Subsidiary Globe Intermediate Corp. GOBP Holdings, Inc. GOBP MidCo, Inc. Grocery Outlet, Inc. Amelia’s, LLC Subsidiaries of the Registrant Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization Delaware Delaware Delaware California Delaware Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-232318 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 2, 2021, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and the effectiveness of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp.'s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2021. /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP San Francisco, California March 2, 2021 Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 2, 2021 By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Charles Bracher, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 2, 2021 By: /s/ Charles Bracher Charles Bracher Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Exhibit 32.1 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 2, 2021 By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Exhibit 32.2 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended January 2, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Charles Bracher, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 2, 2021 By: /s/ Charles Bracher Charles Bracher Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above